1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
28 #include "blockinput.h"
46 #include "dispextern.h"
48 #include "termhooks.h"
55 #include "intervals.h"
56 #include "composite.h"
60 #define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
63 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
66 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
68 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
71 /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */
76 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
77 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
79 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
,
80 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
,
84 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
85 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
86 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
89 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
90 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
94 static unsigned short zv_bits
[] = {
95 0x00, 0x00, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x78, 0x00, 0x00};
96 static HBITMAP zv_bmp
;
98 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
101 #define left_height 8
102 static unsigned short left_bits
[] = {
103 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
104 static HBITMAP left_bmp
;
106 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
108 #define right_width 8
109 #define right_height 8
110 static unsigned short right_bits
[] = {
111 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
112 static HBITMAP right_bmp
;
114 /* Marker for continued lines. */
116 #define continued_width 8
117 #define continued_height 8
118 static unsigned short continued_bits
[] = {
119 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
120 static HBITMAP continued_bmp
;
122 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
124 #define continuation_width 8
125 #define continuation_height 8
126 static unsigned short continuation_bits
[] = {
127 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
128 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp
;
130 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
136 static unsigned short ov_bits
[] = {
137 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
139 /* A triangular arrow. */
142 static unsigned short ov_bits
[] = {
143 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
145 static HBITMAP ov_bmp
;
147 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
150 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
152 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
154 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
155 (The display is done in read_char.) */
157 static Lisp_Object help_echo
;
158 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window
;
159 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object
;
160 static int help_echo_pos
;
162 /* Temporary variable for w32_read_socket. */
164 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo
;
166 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
169 static int any_help_event_p
;
171 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
172 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
173 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
175 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
177 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel
;
179 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
181 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HMENU menu
, UINT menu_item
, UINT flags
);
183 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname
);
185 extern glyph_metric
*w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont
*fontp
,
186 unsigned char *text
, int dim
);
187 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system
;
189 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
190 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
193 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
194 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info
;
196 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
197 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
198 NAME is the name of the frame.
199 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
200 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list
;
202 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
203 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
204 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
205 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
206 is the frame to apply to. */
207 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
209 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
210 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
212 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
213 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
214 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
216 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
218 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
219 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
220 for Far East languages. */
221 int w32_enable_unicode_output
;
223 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId
= 0;
224 HANDLE hWindowsThread
= NULL
;
225 DWORD dwMainThreadId
= 0;
226 HANDLE hMainThread
= NULL
;
229 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
230 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
231 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
232 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
233 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
234 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
235 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
237 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
246 } SCROLLINFO
, FAR
*LPSCROLLINFO
;
247 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR
*LPCSCROLLINFO
;
250 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
251 int (PASCAL
*pfnSetScrollInfo
) (HWND hwnd
, int fnBar
, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi
, BOOL fRedraw
);
252 BOOL (PASCAL
*pfnGetScrollInfo
) (HWND hwnd
, int fnBar
, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi
);
254 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle
;
255 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border
;
256 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
;
258 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos
;
260 /* Mouse movement. */
262 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
264 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
265 static RECT last_mouse_glyph
;
266 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
268 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons
;
270 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
;
272 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
273 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
;
275 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
276 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
;
278 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
279 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr
;
281 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
283 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
284 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
287 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
288 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
289 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
290 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
;
292 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
293 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
294 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
295 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
296 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
297 it's somewhat accurate. */
299 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
301 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
305 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
307 static int input_signal_count
;
310 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
312 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
;
318 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
320 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
322 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
323 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
325 enum draw_glyphs_face
335 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
336 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy
P_ ((struct window
*, int *, int *));
337 void w32_delete_display
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*));
338 static int fast_find_position
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int *, int *,
340 static void set_output_cursor
P_ ((struct cursor_pos
*));
341 static struct glyph
*x_y_to_hpos_vpos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int,
342 int *, int *, int *));
343 static void note_mode_line_highlight
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
344 static void note_mouse_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
345 static void note_tool_bar_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int));
346 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click
P_ ((struct frame
*,
347 struct input_event
*));
348 static void show_mouse_face
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*,
349 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
350 void clear_mouse_face
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*));
352 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
354 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
355 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
357 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
358 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
359 void w32_initialize
P_ ((void));
360 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
361 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
362 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph
P_ ((struct window
*,
364 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
365 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
366 static void w32_frame_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
367 static void w32_reassert_line_highlight
P_ ((int, int));
368 static void x_change_line_highlight
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
369 static void w32_set_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
370 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
371 static void w32_cursor_to
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
372 static void x_write_glyphs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, int));
373 static void x_clear_end_of_line
P_ ((int));
374 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
375 static void x_clear_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
376 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
377 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
378 static void w32_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*,
380 static void w32_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
381 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct w32_display_info
*));
382 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
383 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int));
384 static void expose_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int));
385 static void expose_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, RECT
*));
386 static void expose_window
P_ ((struct window
*, RECT
*));
387 static void expose_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
388 RECT
*, enum glyph_row_area
));
389 static void expose_line
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
391 void x_update_cursor
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
392 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
393 static void x_update_window_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
394 static void x_erase_phys_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
395 void x_display_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*w
, int, int, int, int, int));
396 void x_display_and_set_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int, int, int));
397 static void w32_draw_bitmap
P_ ((struct window
*, HDC hdc
, struct glyph_row
*,
399 static void w32_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
401 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p
P_ ((struct window
*, RECT
*));
402 static void x_draw_row_bitmaps
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
403 static void note_overwritten_text_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
405 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
408 /***********************************************************************
410 ***********************************************************************/
414 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
415 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
423 struct record event_record
[100];
425 int event_record_index
;
427 record_event (locus
, type
)
431 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
432 event_record_index
= 0;
434 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
435 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
436 event_record_index
++;
442 void XChangeGC (void * ignore
, XGCValues
* gc
, unsigned long mask
,
445 if (mask
& GCForeground
)
446 gc
->foreground
= xgcv
->foreground
;
447 if (mask
& GCBackground
)
448 gc
->background
= xgcv
->background
;
450 gc
->font
= xgcv
->font
;
453 XGCValues
*XCreateGC (void * ignore
, Window window
, unsigned long mask
,
456 XGCValues
*gc
= (XGCValues
*) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues
));
457 bzero (gc
, sizeof (XGCValues
));
459 XChangeGC (ignore
, gc
, mask
, xgcv
);
464 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore
, XGCValues
*gc
,
465 unsigned long mask
, XGCValues
*xgcv
)
467 XChangeGC (ignore
, xgcv
, mask
, gc
);
471 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc
, RECT
*rect
)
475 HRGN clip_region
= CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect
);
476 SelectClipRgn (hdc
, clip_region
);
477 DeleteObject (clip_region
);
480 SelectClipRgn (hdc
, NULL
);
484 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
486 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc
, XGCValues
*gc
, int x
, int y
,
487 int width
, int height
)
492 hb
= CreateSolidBrush (gc
->background
);
493 hp
= CreatePen (PS_SOLID
, 0, gc
->foreground
);
494 oldhb
= SelectObject (hdc
, hb
);
495 oldhp
= SelectObject (hdc
, hp
);
497 Rectangle (hdc
, x
, y
, x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
499 SelectObject (hdc
, oldhb
);
500 SelectObject (hdc
, oldhp
);
505 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
507 w32_fill_rect (f
, hdc
, pix
, lprect
)
515 hb
= CreateSolidBrush (pix
);
516 FillRect (hdc
, lprect
, hb
);
525 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
527 /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with
528 a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC
529 of 0 indicates this. */
532 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
533 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &rect
);
536 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
540 /***********************************************************************
541 Starting and ending an update
542 ***********************************************************************/
544 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
545 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
546 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
547 each window being updated. */
553 struct w32_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
555 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
558 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
559 colors has changed. */
560 if (display_info
->regen_palette
)
562 w32_regenerate_palette (f
);
563 display_info
->regen_palette
= FALSE
;
568 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
569 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
573 x_update_window_begin (w
)
576 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
577 struct w32_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
580 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
584 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
586 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
587 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
589 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
591 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
592 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
594 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
595 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
596 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
597 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
598 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
599 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
601 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
602 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
603 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
604 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
605 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
606 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
607 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
611 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
612 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
615 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
616 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
625 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
626 have vertical scroll bars. */
629 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
632 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
634 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
635 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
636 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
637 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
638 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
639 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
644 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &r
.left
, &r
.top
, &r
.right
, &r
.bottom
);
645 r
.left
= r
.right
+ FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
646 r
.right
= r
.left
+ 1;
649 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
650 w32_fill_rect (f
, hdc
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
), &r
);
651 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
656 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
658 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
659 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
661 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
662 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
663 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
665 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
666 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
670 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
672 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
674 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
676 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
677 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
681 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
682 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
683 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
685 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
686 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
687 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
691 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
693 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
695 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
699 updated_window
= NULL
;
703 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
710 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
713 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
714 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
718 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
719 complete update has been performed. The global variable
720 updated_window is not available here. */
723 w32_frame_up_to_date (f
)
728 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
729 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
730 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
733 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
734 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
735 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
736 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
737 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
744 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
745 arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed
746 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
747 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
748 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
749 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
752 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
753 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
755 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
759 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
762 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
764 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
765 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */
766 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
768 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
769 int width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
770 int height
= desired_row
->visible_height
;
771 int x
= (window_box_right (w
, -1)
772 + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
773 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
774 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
776 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
777 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
785 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of
786 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
787 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
791 w32_draw_bitmap (w
, hdc
, row
, which
)
794 struct glyph_row
*row
;
795 enum bitmap_type which
;
797 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
798 Window window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
805 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
806 w32_clip_to_row (w
, row
, hdc
, 1);
810 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
814 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
816 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
819 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
:
823 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
825 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
828 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
832 x
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
833 x
+= (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2;
836 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
:
837 wd
= continued_width
;
838 h
= continued_height
;
839 pixmap
= continued_bmp
;
840 x
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
841 x
+= (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2;
844 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
:
845 wd
= continuation_width
;
846 h
= continuation_height
;
847 pixmap
= continuation_bmp
;
848 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
850 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
857 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
859 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
866 /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to
867 start drawing the bitmap. */
868 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
869 dy
= (row
->height
- h
) / 2;
871 /* Draw the bitmap. */
872 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID
);
874 compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (hdc
);
877 horig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, pixmap
);
878 SetTextColor (hdc
, face
->background
);
879 SetBkColor (hdc
, face
->foreground
);
881 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
+ dy
, wd
, h
, compat_hdc
, 0, 0, SRCCOPY
);
883 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, horig_obj
);
884 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
889 /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
890 function with input blocked. */
893 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, row
)
895 struct glyph_row
*row
;
897 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
898 enum bitmap_type bitmap
;
900 int header_line_height
= -1;
903 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
905 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
906 don't have to draw anything. */
907 if (row
->visible_height
<= 0)
910 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID
);
911 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
913 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */
914 if (row
->overlay_arrow_p
)
915 bitmap
= OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
;
916 else if (row
->truncated_on_left_p
)
917 bitmap
= LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
918 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
919 bitmap
= CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
;
920 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
)
921 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
925 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
927 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
929 if (bitmap
== NO_BITMAP
930 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f
) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
931 || row
->height
> FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f
))
933 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
934 int border
= ((XFASTINT (w
->left
) > 0
935 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
937 int left
= window_box_left (w
, -1);
939 if (header_line_height
< 0)
940 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
942 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, face
->background
,
943 left
- FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) + border
,
944 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
946 FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - border
,
947 row
->visible_height
);
950 /* Draw the left bitmap. */
951 if (bitmap
!= NO_BITMAP
)
952 w32_draw_bitmap (w
, hdc
, row
, bitmap
);
954 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */
955 if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
956 bitmap
= RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
957 else if (row
->continued_p
)
958 bitmap
= CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
;
962 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
964 if (bitmap
== NO_BITMAP
965 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f
) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
966 || row
->height
> FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f
))
968 int right
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
970 if (header_line_height
< 0)
971 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
973 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, face
->background
,
975 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
977 FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
),
978 row
->visible_height
);
981 /* Draw the right bitmap. */
982 if (bitmap
!= NO_BITMAP
)
983 w32_draw_bitmap (w
, hdc
, row
, bitmap
);
985 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
989 /***********************************************************************
991 ***********************************************************************/
993 /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for W32
994 frames. Aborts when called. */
997 w32_reassert_line_highlight (new, vpos
)
1005 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
1007 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
1014 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change
1015 whether it is highlighted. Not used for W32 frames. Aborts when
1019 x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight
, vpos
, y
, first_unused_hpos
)
1020 int new_highlight
, vpos
, y
, first_unused_hpos
;
1027 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
1029 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
1036 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1037 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1038 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1042 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1046 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1047 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1050 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1056 /***********************************************************************
1058 ***********************************************************************/
1060 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1061 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1064 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
1065 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
1067 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
1068 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
1069 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
1070 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
1074 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1076 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1077 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1079 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1080 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1081 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1082 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1085 w32_cursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
1086 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
1090 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1094 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
1096 /* Set the output cursor. */
1097 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
1098 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
1099 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
1100 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
1102 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1103 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1104 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
1107 x_display_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
1114 /***********************************************************************
1116 ***********************************************************************/
1118 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1120 static struct face
*x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*,
1124 static struct face
*x_get_char_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*, int,
1125 int, wchar_t *, int));
1126 static XCharStruct
*w32_per_char_metric
P_ ((XFontStruct
*,
1128 enum w32_char_font_type
));
1129 static enum w32_char_font_type
1130 w32_encode_char
P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info
*, int *));
1131 static void x_append_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1132 static void x_append_composite_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1133 static void x_append_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object
,
1135 static void x_produce_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
1136 static void x_produce_image_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
));
1139 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1140 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1141 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1145 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1151 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1152 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1153 metric is returned. */
1156 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, dim
, pcm
)
1162 glyph_metric
* bdf_metric
;
1166 buf
[0] = (char)(*char2b
);
1169 buf
[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b
);
1170 buf
[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1173 bdf_metric
= w32_BDF_TextMetric (font
->bdf
, buf
, dim
);
1177 pcm
->width
= bdf_metric
->dwidth
;
1178 pcm
->lbearing
= bdf_metric
->bbox
;
1179 pcm
->rbearing
= bdf_metric
->dwidth
1180 - (bdf_metric
->bbox
+ bdf_metric
->bbw
);
1181 pcm
->ascent
= bdf_metric
->bboy
+ bdf_metric
->bbh
;
1182 pcm
->descent
= -bdf_metric
->bboy
;
1191 w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
, pcm
)
1194 enum w32_char_font_type font_type
;
1197 HDC hdc
= GetDC (NULL
);
1199 BOOL retval
= FALSE
;
1201 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1202 xassert (font
->hfont
);
1203 xassert (font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
|| font_type
== ANSI_FONT
);
1205 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, font
->hfont
);
1207 if ((font
->tm
.tmPitchAndFamily
& TMPF_TRUETYPE
) != 0)
1211 if (font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
)
1212 retval
= GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc
, *char2b
, *char2b
, &char_widths
);
1214 retval
= GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc
, *char2b
, *char2b
, &char_widths
);
1218 pcm
->width
= char_widths
.abcA
+ char_widths
.abcB
+ char_widths
.abcC
;
1219 pcm
->lbearing
= char_widths
.abcA
;
1220 pcm
->rbearing
= pcm
->width
- char_widths
.abcC
;
1221 pcm
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
1222 pcm
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
1228 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1229 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1230 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1231 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1232 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1233 is assumed to be zero. */
1235 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1236 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1237 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1238 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1241 if (font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
)
1242 retval
= GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc
, char2b
, 1, &sz
);
1244 retval
= GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc
, (char*)char2b
, 1, &sz
);
1248 pcm
->width
= sz
.cx
- font
->tm
.tmOverhang
;
1249 pcm
->rbearing
= sz
.cx
;
1251 pcm
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
1252 pcm
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
1257 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0)
1262 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
1263 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
1269 static XCharStruct
*
1270 w32_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
1273 enum w32_char_font_type font_type
;
1275 /* The result metric information. */
1279 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1280 xassert (font_type
!= UNKNOWN_FONT
);
1282 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1283 if (!font
->bdf
&& font
->per_char
== NULL
)
1284 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1285 return &font
->max_bounds
;
1286 else if (!font
->bdf
&& *char2b
< 128)
1287 return &font
->per_char
[*char2b
];
1289 pcm
= &font
->scratch
;
1291 if (font_type
== BDF_1D_FONT
)
1292 retval
= w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, 1, pcm
);
1293 else if (font_type
== BDF_2D_FONT
)
1294 retval
= w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, 2, pcm
);
1296 retval
= w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
, pcm
);
1305 w32_cache_char_metrics (font
)
1308 wchar_t char2b
= L
'x';
1310 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1313 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1314 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, 1, &font
->max_bounds
))
1316 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1317 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1318 font
->max_bounds
.width
= FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font
);
1319 font
->max_bounds
.lbearing
= -font
->bdf
->llx
;
1320 font
->max_bounds
.rbearing
= FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font
) - font
->bdf
->urx
;
1321 font
->max_bounds
.ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
1322 font
->max_bounds
.descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
1327 if (((font
->tm
.tmPitchAndFamily
& TMPF_FIXED_PITCH
) != 0)
1328 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1329 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1330 || (font
->tm
.tmMaxCharWidth
!= font
->tm
.tmAveCharWidth
))
1332 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1333 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1334 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1335 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1339 font
->per_char
= xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct
));
1340 for (i
= 0; i
< 128; i
++)
1343 w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, ANSI_FONT
,
1344 &font
->per_char
[i
]);
1348 w32_native_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, ANSI_FONT
,
1354 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1355 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct
*font
)
1357 return font
->double_byte_p
;
1362 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage
)
1365 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
1366 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
1367 && codepage
!= CP_8BIT
1368 && (codepage
== CP_UNICODE
|| IsValidCodePage (codepage
)));
1371 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1372 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1374 static INLINE
enum w32_char_font_type
1375 w32_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
1378 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1381 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1385 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
1387 xassert (two_byte_p
);
1389 *two_byte_p
= w32_font_is_double_byte (font
);
1391 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1392 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1394 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
1396 /* It's a program. */
1397 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
1399 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1401 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1402 ccl
->reg
[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1406 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1407 ccl
->reg
[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b
);
1408 ccl
->reg
[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1411 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
1413 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1415 if (!*two_byte_p
) /* 1-byte font */
1416 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
1418 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
1420 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
1422 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1423 encoding numbers. */
1424 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
1426 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1427 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1428 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b
) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b
));
1430 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3
1431 || (enc
== 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1))
1432 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b
), BYTE2 (*char2b
) | 0x80);
1437 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b
), BYTE2 (*char2b
),
1439 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1
, sjis2
);
1442 codepage
= w32_codepage_for_font (font_info
->name
);
1444 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1446 if ( font
&& !font
->bdf
&& w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage
)
1447 && charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
&& charset
!= charset_latin_iso8859_1
)
1450 temp
[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b
);
1451 temp
[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b
);
1453 if (codepage
!= CP_UNICODE
)
1456 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage
, 0, temp
, 2, char2b
, 1);
1458 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage
, 0, temp
+1, 1, char2b
, 1);
1464 return UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1465 else if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1470 return UNICODE_FONT
;
1476 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1477 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1478 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1479 realized face that is ready for display. */
1481 static INLINE
struct face
*
1482 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
)
1488 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1492 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1493 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1494 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c
);
1495 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, c
);
1496 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1498 else if (c
< 128 && face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1500 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1501 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c
);
1505 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1507 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1508 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1509 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1511 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1
, c2
);
1513 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1
);
1515 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1516 if (face
->font
!= NULL
)
1518 struct font_info
*font_info
1519 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1521 w32_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, &multibyte_p
);
1525 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1526 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1527 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1533 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1534 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1535 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1537 static INLINE
struct face
*
1538 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
1540 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1547 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
1548 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
1553 two_byte_p
= &dummy
;
1555 if (!glyph
->multibyte_p
)
1557 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1558 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1559 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph
->u
.ch
);
1561 else if (glyph
->u
.ch
< 128
1562 && glyph
->face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1564 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1565 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph
->u
.ch
);
1569 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1571 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1572 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1573 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph
->u
.ch
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1575 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1
, c2
);
1577 *char2b
= BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1
);
1579 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1580 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
1582 struct font_info
*font_info
1583 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1586 glyph
->w32_font_type
1587 = w32_encode_char (glyph
->u
.ch
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
);
1592 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1593 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1594 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1599 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1600 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1606 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1607 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1609 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1610 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
1612 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1613 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1615 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1616 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1617 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1618 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1619 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
1620 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1621 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1622 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1623 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1624 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1625 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1626 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
1627 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1628 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
1629 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1630 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1634 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1635 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1638 x_append_composite_glyph (it
)
1641 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1642 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1644 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1646 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1647 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1649 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1650 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1651 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1652 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1653 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
1654 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1655 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1656 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1657 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1658 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1659 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1660 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1661 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1662 glyph
->u
.cmp_id
= it
->cmp_id
;
1663 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1664 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1669 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1673 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
1678 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
1679 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1681 it
->ascent
+= abs (it
->voffset
);
1683 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1685 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
1690 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1691 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1692 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1695 x_produce_image_glyph (it
)
1701 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
1703 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1704 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
1707 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1708 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1709 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
1711 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= image_ascent (img
, face
);
1712 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= img
->height
+ 2 * img
->vmargin
- it
->ascent
;
1713 it
->pixel_width
= img
->width
+ 2 * img
->hmargin
;
1717 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1719 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1720 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1722 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1723 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1724 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1725 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1728 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1732 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1733 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1735 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1736 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1738 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1739 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1740 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1741 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1742 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
1743 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1744 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1745 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1746 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1747 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1748 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1749 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1750 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
1751 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1752 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1758 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1759 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1760 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1761 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1764 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
1770 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1771 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1773 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= 1);
1775 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1776 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1778 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1779 glyph
->object
= object
;
1780 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
1781 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1782 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
1783 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1784 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1785 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1786 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= 0;
1787 glyph
->padding_p
= 0;
1788 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1789 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1790 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1791 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
1792 glyph
->w32_font_type
= UNKNOWN_FONT
;
1793 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1798 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1799 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1800 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1803 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1804 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1807 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1808 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1809 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1811 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1812 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1814 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1816 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1817 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1819 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the
1820 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1823 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1825 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1826 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1827 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1830 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1836 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
1839 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1841 extern Lisp_Object Qspace
;
1843 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
;
1844 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
1845 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to
;
1846 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
1847 double width
= 0, height
= 0, ascent
= 0;
1848 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1849 XFontStruct
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1851 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1853 /* List should start with `space'. */
1854 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
1855 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
1857 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1858 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
),
1860 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1861 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1862 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
1865 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1866 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1869 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1872 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
1874 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
1875 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1876 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, maxlen
, it2
.len
);
1879 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
1881 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
1882 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1883 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
1884 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
1886 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
),
1888 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
) - it
->current_x
;
1890 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1891 width
= CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1893 /* Compute height. */
1894 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
),
1896 height
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
);
1897 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
1899 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
1901 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1903 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1904 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1905 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1906 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
1907 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
1908 ascent
= NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
1910 ascent
= (double) FONT_BASE (font
) / FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1919 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
1920 if (!STRINGP (object
))
1921 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
1922 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
1925 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
1926 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1927 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
1930 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1932 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1933 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1935 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1936 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1937 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1938 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1941 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1944 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1945 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1946 center of the line of frame F.
1948 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1950 -------------------------+-----------+-
1951 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1953 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1956 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1958 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1960 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1961 -------------------------+-----------+-
1963 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1964 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1965 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1966 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1967 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1968 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
1969 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
1972 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
1973 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
1974 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
1975 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
1976 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
1978 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1979 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1980 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1983 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
1986 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1988 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
1992 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1994 int font_not_found_p
;
1995 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1996 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
1997 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
1998 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
2001 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
2002 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
2003 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
2004 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
2007 int saved_multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
2009 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
2011 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
2012 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
))
2014 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2015 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2017 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
)))
2019 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
2020 it
->multibyte_p
= 1;
2021 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2022 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2024 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2025 && !it
->multibyte_p
)
2027 it
->char_to_display
= multibyte_char_to_unibyte (it
->c
, Qnil
);
2028 it
->multibyte_p
= 0;
2029 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2030 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2034 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2035 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2036 it
->face_id
, &char2b
,
2040 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2041 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2042 if (font_not_found_p
)
2044 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2045 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.w32
->baseline_offset
;
2050 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2051 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2052 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2053 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2056 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
2057 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
2059 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2064 pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
2065 font
->bdf
? BDF_1D_FONT
: ANSI_FONT
);
2066 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2067 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2071 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2072 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
2073 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
2077 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
2078 it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2079 it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2080 it
->pixel_width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2083 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2084 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2085 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
2087 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
2089 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2090 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2091 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2092 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2094 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2096 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2097 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2099 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2100 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2101 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2102 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2105 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2106 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2107 if (face
->overline_p
)
2110 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2112 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2117 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2118 into a stretch glyph. */
2119 double ascent
= (double) FONT_BASE (font
)
2120 / FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
2121 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
2122 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
2125 x_append_glyph (it
);
2127 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2128 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2129 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2130 if (pcm
&& (pcm
->lbearing
< 0 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
2131 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
2134 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
2136 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2137 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
2139 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2140 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2142 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2144 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2145 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2146 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2149 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
2151 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
2152 int x
= it
->current_x
+ it
->continuation_lines_width
;
2153 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
2155 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2156 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2157 tab stop after that. */
2158 if (next_tab_x
- x
< CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
))
2159 next_tab_x
+= tab_width
;
2161 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
2163 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2164 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2168 double ascent
= (double) it
->ascent
/ (it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
);
2169 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
2170 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
2175 /* A multi-byte character.
2176 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2177 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2178 default font and calculate the width of the character
2179 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2181 enum w32_char_font_type type
;
2183 if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it
->c
)) == 1)
2188 type
= UNICODE_FONT
;
2190 pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, type
);
2192 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
2194 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->char_to_display
);
2196 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
2197 it
->pixel_width
= (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it
->f
))
2198 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset
));
2199 it
->phys_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2200 it
->phys_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2204 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
2205 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2206 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
2208 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
2209 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
2210 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
2213 it
->ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2214 it
->descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2215 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2217 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2218 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2219 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2221 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2222 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2223 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2224 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2227 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2228 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2229 if (face
->overline_p
)
2232 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2235 x_append_glyph (it
);
2237 it
->multibyte_p
= saved_multibyte_p
;
2239 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
2241 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2242 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2245 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2247 int font_not_found_p
;
2248 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2249 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
2250 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_id
];
2252 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2253 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
2254 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2255 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
2258 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
))))
2260 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
2263 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2264 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2265 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2266 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2267 it
->face_id
, &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
);
2270 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2271 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2272 if (font_not_found_p
)
2274 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2275 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.w32
->baseline_offset
;
2280 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2281 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2282 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2283 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2286 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2287 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2288 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2289 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2292 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2293 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2294 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2295 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2296 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2297 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2298 correct the display anyway. */
2299 if (cmp
->font
!= (void *) font
)
2301 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2302 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2303 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2304 them respectively. */
2305 int font_ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
) + boff
;
2306 int font_descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
) - boff
;
2307 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2308 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
2309 int i
, width
, ascent
, descent
;
2310 enum w32_char_font_type font_type
;
2312 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
2314 if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it
->c
)) == 1)
2315 font_type
= BDF_1D_FONT
;
2317 font_type
= BDF_2D_FONT
;
2319 font_type
= UNICODE_FONT
;
2321 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2323 && (pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, font_type
)))
2326 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2327 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2331 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2332 ascent
= FONT_BASE (font
);
2333 descent
= FONT_DESCENT (font
);
2337 lowest
= - descent
+ boff
;
2338 highest
= ascent
+ boff
;
2342 && font_info
->default_ascent
2343 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
2344 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
2345 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
2346 highest
= font_info
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
2348 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2349 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2351 cmp
->offsets
[0] = 0;
2352 cmp
->offsets
[1] = boff
;
2354 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2355 for (i
= 1; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2357 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
2358 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
2359 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
);
2361 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
2362 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face
->id
, &char2b
,
2367 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2368 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.w32
->baseline_offset
;
2374 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2375 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2376 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2377 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2380 if (font
->bdf
&& CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch
)) == 1)
2381 font_type
= BDF_1D_FONT
;
2383 font_type
= BDF_2D_FONT
;
2385 font_type
= UNICODE_FONT
;
2388 && (pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
, font_type
)))
2391 ascent
= pcm
->ascent
;
2392 descent
= pcm
->descent
;
2396 width
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
2401 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
2403 /* Relative composition with or without
2405 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- width
) / 2;
2406 btm
= - descent
+ boff
;
2407 if (font_info
&& font_info
->relative_compose
2408 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
2409 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
2410 make_number (ch
)))))
2413 if (- descent
>= font_info
->relative_compose
)
2414 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2416 else if (ascent
<= 0)
2417 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2418 btm
= lowest
- 1 - ascent
- descent
;
2423 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2424 value that encodes global and new reference
2425 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2426 specified by numbers as below:
2434 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2436 6---7---8 -- descent
2438 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
2439 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
;
2441 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
);
2442 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
2443 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
2446 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
2447 - nrefx
* width
/ 2);
2448 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
2450 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
2451 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
2452 - (nrefy
== 0 ? ascent
+ descent
2453 : nrefy
== 1 ? descent
- boff
2455 : (ascent
+ descent
) / 2));
2458 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
2459 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ descent
;
2461 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2462 right
= left
+ width
;
2463 top
= btm
+ descent
+ ascent
;
2464 if (left
< leftmost
)
2466 if (right
> rightmost
)
2474 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2475 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2479 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2480 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
2481 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
2484 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
2485 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
2486 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
2487 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
2488 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
2489 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
2490 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
2493 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
2494 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
2495 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
2497 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2499 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2500 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2501 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2503 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2504 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2505 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2506 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2509 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2510 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2511 if (face
->overline_p
)
2514 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2517 x_append_composite_glyph (it
);
2519 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
2520 x_produce_image_glyph (it
);
2521 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
2522 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
2524 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2525 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2526 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
>= 0);
2527 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
2528 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
2530 it
->descent
+= it
->extra_line_spacing
;
2532 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
2533 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
2534 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
2535 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
2539 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2540 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2543 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
2545 enum face_id face_id
;
2547 int height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
2549 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2550 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2551 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
2553 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
2557 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
);
2558 height
+= 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
2566 /***********************************************************************
2568 ***********************************************************************/
2570 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2572 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2573 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2574 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2575 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2579 /* X-origin of the string. */
2582 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2585 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2588 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2589 int background_width
;
2591 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2592 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2593 font the string is drawn in. */
2596 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2597 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2598 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2601 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2602 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2603 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2606 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2609 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2612 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2615 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2616 y-origin and height of the string. */
2617 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2619 /* The area within row. */
2620 enum glyph_row_area area
;
2622 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2626 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2627 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
2629 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2632 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2635 /* Font info for this string. */
2636 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2638 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2639 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2640 struct composition
*cmp
;
2642 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2643 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2644 the first character of a composition. */
2647 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2648 of the window's drawing area. */
2649 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p
: 1;
2651 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2652 unsigned background_filled_p
: 1;
2654 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2655 unsigned two_byte_p
: 1;
2657 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2658 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2659 the frame's default font in this case. */
2660 unsigned font_not_found_p
: 1;
2662 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2664 unsigned stippled_p
: 1;
2666 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2667 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2668 string appears in as clip rect. */
2669 unsigned for_overlaps_p
: 1;
2671 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2676 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2677 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2678 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2679 struct glyph
*first_glyph
;
2681 /* Image, if any. */
2684 struct glyph_string
*next
, *prev
;
2688 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2690 void W32_TEXTOUT (s
, x
, y
,chars
,nchars
)
2691 struct glyph_string
* s
;
2696 int charset_dim
= w32_font_is_double_byte (s
->gc
->font
) ? 2 : 1;
2697 if (s
->gc
->font
->bdf
)
2698 w32_BDF_TextOut (s
->gc
->font
->bdf
, s
->hdc
,
2699 x
, y
, (char *) chars
, charset_dim
,
2700 nchars
* charset_dim
, 0);
2701 else if (s
->first_glyph
->w32_font_type
== UNICODE_FONT
)
2702 ExtTextOutW (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, 0, NULL
, chars
, nchars
, NULL
);
2704 ExtTextOut (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, 0, NULL
, (char *) chars
,
2705 nchars
* charset_dim
, NULL
);
2711 x_dump_glyph_string (s
)
2712 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2714 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
2715 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2716 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
2717 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
2718 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
2719 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2720 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
2721 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
2722 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2723 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
2724 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
2725 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
2728 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2732 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2733 struct glyph_string
**,
2734 struct glyph_string
*,
2735 struct glyph_string
*));
2736 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2737 struct glyph_string
**,
2738 struct glyph_string
*,
2739 struct glyph_string
*));
2740 static void x_append_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2741 struct glyph_string
**,
2742 struct glyph_string
*));
2743 static int x_left_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2744 static int x_left_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2745 static int x_right_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2746 static int x_right_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2747 static int x_fill_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int,
2749 static void w32_init_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, HDC hdc
,
2750 wchar_t *, struct window
*,
2752 enum glyph_row_area
, int,
2753 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
2754 static int x_draw_glyphs
P_ ((struct window
*, int , struct glyph_row
*,
2755 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int,
2756 enum draw_glyphs_face
, int *, int *, int));
2757 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2758 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2759 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2761 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2762 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2763 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2764 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2765 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2766 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2767 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2768 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2769 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs
P_ ((HDC hdc
, struct glyph
*,
2772 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int));
2773 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, COLORREF
*, double, int);
2774 static void w32_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
2775 double, int, COLORREF
));
2776 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2777 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2778 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2779 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2780 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, HBITMAP
));
2781 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2782 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
2784 static void w32_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
2785 int, int, int, int, RECT
*));
2786 static void w32_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
2787 int, int, int, RECT
*));
2788 static void x_fix_overlapping_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
2789 enum glyph_row_area
));
2790 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2792 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int));
2795 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
2799 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2800 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2803 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2804 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2805 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2819 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2820 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2824 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2825 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2826 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2840 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2841 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2844 x_append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
2845 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2846 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2848 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
2849 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
2853 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2858 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2860 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
2861 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2862 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2864 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
;
2867 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2871 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
;
2872 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2874 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2875 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2876 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2877 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2878 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
2879 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2880 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2882 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2883 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
2884 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
2886 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2887 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2890 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2891 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
;
2892 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
;
2894 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2895 XChangeGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2898 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2899 = XCreateGC (NULL
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2901 s
->gc
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2906 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2909 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
2910 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2915 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2916 face_id
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
2917 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2919 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
2921 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2922 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
2924 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
2925 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2926 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2928 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2929 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
2930 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2933 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2938 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
2939 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2940 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2941 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
;
2942 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
;
2944 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2945 XChangeGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2948 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2949 = XCreateGC (NULL
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2951 s
->gc
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2954 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2958 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2959 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2960 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2963 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
2964 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2966 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2970 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2971 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2975 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
2976 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2978 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2980 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
2982 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2983 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2985 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
2987 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
2988 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2990 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2992 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
2995 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
2997 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2998 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3000 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3001 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3003 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
3004 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3008 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
3009 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3012 /* GC must have been set. */
3013 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
3017 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
3020 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, r
)
3021 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3024 int r_height
, r_width
;
3026 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
3028 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
3029 int canon_x
= CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
3031 r
->left
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s
->w
) * canon_x
;
3032 r_width
= XFASTINT (s
->w
->width
) * canon_x
;
3034 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s
->f
))
3036 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * canon_x
;
3037 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s
->f
))
3041 r
->left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
3043 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
3044 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3045 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
3046 r_height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
3048 r_height
= s
->height
;
3052 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3053 r
->left
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->area
, 0);
3054 r_width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
3055 r_height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
3058 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3059 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3060 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3061 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
3062 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
3063 r
->top
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
3065 r
->top
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
3067 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3068 at the top of the window. */
3069 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
3070 r
->top
-= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->internal_border_width
;
3072 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3073 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3074 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3075 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
3077 r
->top
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
3078 r_height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
->top
;
3081 r
->top
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
->top
);
3083 r
->bottom
= r
->top
+ r_height
;
3084 r
->right
= r
->left
+ r_width
;
3088 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3089 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3092 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
3093 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3096 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3097 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, &r
);
3101 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3102 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3105 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
3106 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3108 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3109 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3110 individual character and working it out manually. */
3114 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3115 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3116 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3119 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
3120 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3128 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
3138 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
3147 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3148 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3149 assumed to be zero. */
3152 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc
, glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
3154 struct glyph
*glyph
;
3160 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3167 face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
3171 && (pcm
= w32_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
,
3172 glyph
->w32_font_type
)))
3174 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
3175 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
3176 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
3177 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
3184 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
3185 struct glyph
*glyph
;
3189 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
3190 /* Convert to unicode! */
3191 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc
, glyph
, f
, left
, right
);
3192 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
3196 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3197 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3198 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3201 x_left_overwritten (s
)
3202 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3206 if (s
->left_overhang
)
3209 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3210 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3212 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
3213 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3224 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3225 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3226 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3229 x_left_overwriting (s
)
3230 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3233 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3234 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
3238 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3241 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s
->hdc
, glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3244 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3251 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3252 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3253 no such glyph is found. */
3256 x_right_overwritten (s
)
3257 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3261 if (s
->right_overhang
)
3264 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3265 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3266 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3268 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
3269 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3278 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3279 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3280 if no such glyph is found. */
3283 x_right_overwriting (s
)
3284 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3287 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
3288 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
3289 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
3293 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
3296 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s
->hdc
, glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
3299 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
3306 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3309 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
3310 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3318 /* Take clipping into account. */
3319 if (s
->gc
->clip_mask
== Rect
)
3321 real_x
= max (real_x
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.left
);
3322 real_y
= max (real_y
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.top
);
3323 real_w
= min (real_w
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.right
3324 - s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.left
);
3325 real_h
= min (real_h
, s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.bottom
3326 - s
->gc
->clip_rectangle
.top
);
3329 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
, real_x
, real_y
,
3334 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3335 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3336 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3337 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3338 contains the first component of a composition. */
3341 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
3342 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3345 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3346 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3347 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3349 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3352 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3353 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3354 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
3355 s
->y
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
,
3356 s
->background_width
,
3357 s
->height
- 2 * s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3358 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3359 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3363 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * s
->face
->box_line_width
3364 || s
->font_not_found_p
3365 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3369 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
,
3370 s
->background_width
,
3371 s
->height
- 2 * s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3372 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3378 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3381 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3382 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3387 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3388 of S to the right of that box line. */
3389 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3390 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3391 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3395 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
3396 SetBkMode (s
->hdc
, TRANSPARENT
);
3398 SetBkMode (s
->hdc
, OPAQUE
);
3400 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
3401 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
3402 SetTextAlign (s
->hdc
, TA_BASELINE
| TA_LEFT
);
3404 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3405 old_font
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, s
->font
->hfont
);
3407 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3409 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3411 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3413 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
3415 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
3417 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
3422 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
3423 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
3425 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
3426 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
3428 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3430 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3431 char1b
[i
] = BYTE2 (s
->char2b
[i
]);
3433 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3434 W32_TEXTOUT (s
, x
, s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3436 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3437 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, old_font
);
3440 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3443 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3444 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3449 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3450 of S to the right of that box line. */
3451 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3452 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3453 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3457 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3458 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3459 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3460 this composition. */
3462 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
3463 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
3464 SetBkMode (s
->hdc
, TRANSPARENT
);
3465 SetTextAlign (s
->hdc
, TA_BASELINE
| TA_LEFT
);
3467 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3468 old_font
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, s
->font
->hfont
);
3470 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3471 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3472 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3475 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, s
->width
- 1,
3480 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
3481 W32_TEXTOUT (s
, x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
3482 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
3485 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->hfont
)
3486 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, old_font
);
3490 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3493 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3494 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3495 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3496 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3497 use an additional additive factor.
3499 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3500 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3501 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3504 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3505 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3506 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3507 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3508 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3509 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3512 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f
, color
, factor
, delta
)
3521 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3524 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3525 xassert (factor
>= 0);
3526 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor
* GetRValue (*color
)),
3527 min (0xff, factor
* GetGValue (*color
)),
3528 min (0xff, factor
* GetBValue (*color
)));
3530 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3531 bright
= (2 * GetRValue (*color
) + 3 * GetGValue (*color
)
3532 + GetBValue (*color
)) / 6;
3534 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3535 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3536 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
3537 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3538 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3540 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3541 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
3542 /* The additive adjustment. */
3543 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
3546 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
- GetRValue (*color
))),
3547 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
- GetGValue (*color
))),
3548 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
- GetBValue (*color
))));
3550 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
+ GetRValue (*color
))),
3551 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
+ GetGValue (*color
))),
3552 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta
+ GetBValue (*color
))));
3556 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta
+ GetRValue (*color
))),
3557 max (0, min (0xff, delta
+ GetGValue (*color
))),
3558 max (0, min (0xff, delta
+ GetBValue (*color
))));
3560 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3561 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3572 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3573 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3574 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3575 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3576 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3577 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3580 w32_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
3582 struct relief
*relief
;
3585 COLORREF default_pixel
;
3588 struct w32_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.w32
;
3589 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
;
3591 COLORREF background
= di
->relief_background
;
3592 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3594 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3596 /* Allocate new color. */
3597 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
3599 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
3601 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
3602 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
3605 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
3607 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3608 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
3611 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
3614 XChangeGC (NULL
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3618 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3621 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
3622 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3624 struct w32_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
;
3627 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
3628 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
3630 color
= s
->gc
->background
;
3632 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
3633 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
3635 di
->relief_background
= color
;
3636 w32_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
3637 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3638 w32_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
3639 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3644 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3645 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3646 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3647 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3648 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3649 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3653 w32_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3654 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3656 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
3661 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
3664 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3666 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3668 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, clip_rect
);
3671 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3673 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3674 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
3675 (right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
) - (left_x
+ i
* left_p
), 1);
3680 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3682 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3683 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, 1,
3684 (bottom_y
- i
) - (top_y
+ i
));
3687 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, NULL
);
3690 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3692 gc
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.gc
->foreground
;
3695 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, clip_rect
);
3698 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3700 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3701 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
3702 (right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
) - left_x
+ i
* left_p
, 1);
3707 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3709 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, gc
.foreground
,
3710 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, 1,
3711 (bottom_y
- i
) - (top_y
+ i
+ 1));
3714 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, NULL
);
3716 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
3720 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3721 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3722 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3723 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3724 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3725 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3728 w32_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3729 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3730 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3731 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
3734 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, clip_rect
);
3737 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3738 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3743 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3744 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3748 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3749 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
3754 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->box_color
,
3755 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
3758 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, NULL
);
3762 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3765 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
3766 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3768 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
3769 int left_p
, right_p
;
3770 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
3773 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
3774 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
3775 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
3777 last_x
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s
->f
);
3778 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s
->f
))
3779 last_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
3782 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3783 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
3785 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
3787 width
= s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3788 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
3790 right_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
3792 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1));
3794 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
3796 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3797 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3799 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
3800 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
3801 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3803 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
3805 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
3807 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
3808 w32_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3809 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
3812 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3813 w32_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
3814 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
3819 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3822 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
3823 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3826 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
3828 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3829 right of that line. */
3830 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3831 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3832 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3836 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3838 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3839 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3845 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3848 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3849 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3850 trust on the shape extension to be available
3851 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3853 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3856 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
3858 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3859 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
3860 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
3861 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3862 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3864 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
3867 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
3868 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
3869 if (IntersectRect (&r
, &clip_rect
, &image_rect
))
3870 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3871 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
3876 HDC compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (s
->hdc
);
3877 HBRUSH fg_brush
= CreateSolidBrush (s
->gc
->foreground
);
3878 HBRUSH orig_brush
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, fg_brush
);
3879 HGDIOBJ orig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, s
->img
->pixmap
);
3880 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3882 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
3883 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
3884 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
3885 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
3886 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, SRCCOPY
);
3887 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
3888 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
3890 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
3891 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
3893 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, orig_brush
);
3894 DeleteObject (fg_brush
);
3895 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, orig_obj
);
3896 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
3898 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3899 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3900 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3901 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3902 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3903 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3904 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3905 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
- 1,
3906 s
->img
->height
- 1);
3907 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, NULL
);
3911 w32_draw_rectangle (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
-1,
3912 s
->img
->height
- 1);
3914 RestoreDC (s
->hdc
,-1);
3919 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3922 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
3923 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3925 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
3928 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
3930 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3931 right of that line. */
3932 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3933 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3934 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3938 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3940 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3941 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3943 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3944 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
3946 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
> 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: 3;
3947 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
3951 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
3952 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
3957 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
3958 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
3960 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3961 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3962 w32_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
3966 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3969 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
3970 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3973 HDC hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (s
->hdc
);
3974 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj
= SelectObject (hdc
, pixmap
);
3976 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
3978 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3979 right of that line. */
3980 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3981 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3982 x
= s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3986 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3988 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
3989 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
3993 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
3996 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3997 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3998 trust on the shape extension to be available
3999 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
4001 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
4005 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
4006 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
4007 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
4008 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
4009 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
4011 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4012 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
4013 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4018 HDC compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (hdc
);
4019 HBRUSH fg_brush
= CreateSolidBrush (s
->gc
->foreground
);
4020 HBRUSH orig_brush
= SelectObject (hdc
, fg_brush
);
4021 HGDIOBJ orig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, s
->img
->pixmap
);
4023 SetTextColor (hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
4024 SetBkColor (hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
4025 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4026 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
4027 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, SRCCOPY
);
4028 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
4029 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4031 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
,
4032 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4034 SelectObject (hdc
, orig_brush
);
4035 DeleteObject (fg_brush
);
4036 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, orig_obj
);
4037 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
4039 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4040 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4041 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4042 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4043 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4044 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4045 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
4046 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
- 1,
4047 s
->img
->height
- 1);
4051 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, s
->img
->width
- 1,
4052 s
->img
->height
- 1);
4054 SelectObject (hdc
, orig_hdc_obj
);
4059 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4060 give the rectangle to draw. */
4063 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
4064 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4067 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4070 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4071 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4072 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4073 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4077 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4081 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4084 s->x +-------------------------
4087 | +-------------------------
4090 | | +-------------------
4096 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
4097 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4100 int box_line_width
= s
->face
->box_line_width
;
4104 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
;
4106 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4107 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4109 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4110 if (height
> s
->img
->height
4113 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4116 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
4117 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
4119 if (box_line_width
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
4120 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_width
;
4124 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_width
;
4125 #if 0 /* TODO: image mask */
4128 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4129 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4130 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4131 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
4132 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
4134 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4135 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
4136 s
->background_width
,
4139 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4141 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4143 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4146 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4147 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4148 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4149 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4150 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
4155 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
4157 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
4158 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
4159 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
4160 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4165 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
4167 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4170 /* Draw the foreground. */
4173 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
4174 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4176 HDC compat_hdc
= CreateCompatibleDC (s
->hdc
);
4177 HBRUSH fg_brush
= CreateSolidBrush (s
->gc
->foreground
);
4178 HBRUSH orig_brush
= SelectObject (s
->hdc
, fg_brush
);
4179 HGDIOBJ orig_obj
= SelectObject (compat_hdc
, pixmap
);
4181 SetTextColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
);
4182 SetBkColor (s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->background
);
4183 #if 0 /* From w32bdf.c (which is from Meadow). */
4184 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
, s
->height
,
4185 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, SRCCOPY
);
4186 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
, s
->height
,
4187 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xB8074A);
4189 BitBlt (s
->hdc
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
, s
->height
,
4190 compat_hdc
, 0, 0, 0xE20746);
4192 SelectObject (s
->hdc
, orig_brush
);
4193 DeleteObject (fg_brush
);
4194 SelectObject (compat_hdc
, orig_obj
);
4195 DeleteDC (compat_hdc
);
4197 DeleteObject (pixmap
);
4201 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
4203 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4205 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4206 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
4207 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
4211 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4214 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
4215 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4217 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4218 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
4220 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
4221 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
4223 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4224 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4225 int width
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
4228 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
4230 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4231 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
4233 XGCValues
*gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
4234 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
4235 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
4238 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
4239 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, &r
);
4241 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4242 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
4244 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4245 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
4246 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4247 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
4252 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, gc
->background
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
4257 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
4260 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4264 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4267 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
4268 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4270 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4271 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4272 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4273 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4275 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
4276 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
4277 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
4278 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
4281 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4282 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
4283 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
4285 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
4288 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
4292 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
4296 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4297 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4299 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
4300 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4303 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
4304 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
4305 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4307 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
4308 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
4315 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
4317 /* Draw underline. */
4318 if (s
->face
->underline_p
4319 && (s
->font
->bdf
|| !s
->font
->tm
.tmUnderlined
))
4321 unsigned long h
= 1;
4322 unsigned long dy
= s
->height
- h
;
4324 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
4326 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
, s
->x
,
4327 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, 1);
4331 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->underline_color
, s
->x
,
4332 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, 1);
4336 /* Draw overline. */
4337 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
4339 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
4341 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
4343 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
, s
->x
,
4344 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, h
);
4348 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->underline_color
, s
->x
,
4349 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, h
);
4353 /* Draw strike-through. */
4354 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
4355 && (s
->font
->bdf
|| !s
->font
->tm
.tmStruckOut
))
4357 unsigned long h
= 1;
4358 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
4360 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
4362 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->gc
->foreground
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4367 w32_fill_area (s
->f
, s
->hdc
, s
->face
->underline_color
, s
->x
,
4368 s
->y
+ dy
, s
->width
, h
);
4373 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
4374 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4377 /* Reset clipping. */
4378 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s
->hdc
, NULL
);
4382 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
4383 struct face
**, int));
4386 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4388 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4389 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4390 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4391 use its physical height for clipping.
4393 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4396 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, faces
, overlaps_p
)
4397 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4398 struct face
**faces
;
4405 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4407 s
->face
= faces
[s
->gidx
];
4408 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4409 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4411 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4412 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4413 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4415 for (i
= s
->gidx
+ 1; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
&& faces
[i
] == s
->face
; ++i
)
4418 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4419 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4421 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4423 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4424 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4425 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4426 characters of the glyph string. */
4427 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
4429 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4430 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4433 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4434 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4436 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4438 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4441 return s
->gidx
+ s
->nchars
;
4445 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4447 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4448 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4449 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4450 use its physical height for clipping.
4452 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4455 x_fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps_p
)
4456 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4458 int start
, end
, overlaps_p
;
4460 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4462 int glyph_not_available_p
;
4464 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
4465 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
4466 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
4468 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4469 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4470 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4471 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4473 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
4476 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4477 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4478 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4479 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
4480 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
4484 s
->face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
4485 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
4487 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
4489 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
4490 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4494 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4495 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4497 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4498 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4499 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4500 characters of the glyph string. */
4501 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
4503 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4504 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4507 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4508 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4510 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4511 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4515 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4518 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
4519 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4521 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
4522 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
4524 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
4525 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4526 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4528 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4529 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4533 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4535 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4536 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4537 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4539 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4542 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
, row
, area
, start
, end
)
4543 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4544 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4545 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4548 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4549 int voffset
, face_id
;
4551 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4553 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4554 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4555 face_id
= glyph
->face_id
;
4556 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
4557 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4558 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4559 s
->width
= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4560 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4564 && glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
4565 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4566 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
);
4568 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4570 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4571 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4573 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4574 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4578 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4579 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4580 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4581 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4582 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4583 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4584 face-override for drawing S. */
4587 w32_init_glyph_string (s
, hdc
, char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
4588 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4592 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4593 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4595 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4597 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
4599 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4601 s
->window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s
->f
);
4606 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
4607 s
->height
= row
->height
;
4608 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
4610 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4611 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
4612 s
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.w32
->internal_border_width
;
4614 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
4618 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4619 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4620 in the drawing area. */
4623 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
4624 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4628 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4629 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4630 struct face
*default_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4632 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
4633 && s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4634 && ((s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
&& s
->row
->fill_line_p
)
4635 || s
->face
->background
!= default_face
->background
4636 || s
->face
->stipple
!= default_face
->stipple
))
4637 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
4639 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4640 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4642 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
4643 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
4645 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
4649 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4650 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4651 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4652 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4653 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4654 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4655 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4657 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4660 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4661 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4662 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4663 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4669 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4670 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4671 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4672 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4673 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4674 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4675 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4677 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4680 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4681 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4682 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4683 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4690 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4691 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4692 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4693 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4694 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4695 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4696 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4697 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4699 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4705 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4706 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4708 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4709 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4710 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4711 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4713 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4719 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4720 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4721 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4722 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4723 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4724 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4725 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4726 x-position of the drawing area. */
4728 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4730 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4731 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4732 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4733 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4734 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4736 struct face **faces; \
4737 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4740 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4741 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4742 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4743 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4744 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4746 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4747 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4748 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4749 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4750 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4753 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4754 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4755 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4757 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4758 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4759 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4767 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4775 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4776 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4777 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4778 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4779 x-positions of the drawing area.
4781 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4782 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4785 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4788 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4789 while (START < END) \
4791 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4792 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4795 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4796 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4800 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4801 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4802 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4803 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4806 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4807 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4808 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4812 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4813 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4820 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4827 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4828 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4829 face-override with the following meaning:
4831 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4832 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4833 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4834 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4835 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4836 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4838 If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting
4839 position for display. This can be different from START in case
4840 overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null,
4841 return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be
4842 different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed.
4844 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4845 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4847 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4850 x_draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, real_start
, real_end
,
4854 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4855 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4857 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4858 int *real_start
, *real_end
;
4861 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
4862 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4863 int last_x
, area_width
;
4866 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
)));
4868 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4869 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
4870 start
= max (0, start
);
4871 start
= min (end
, start
);
4873 *real_start
= start
;
4877 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4878 end of the drawing area. */
4879 if (row
->full_width_p
)
4881 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4883 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
4884 /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */
4885 int window_left_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4888 area_width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4889 last_x
= window_left_x
+ area_width
;
4891 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
4893 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4894 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
4900 x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4901 last_x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4905 x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, x
);
4906 area_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
4907 last_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, area_width
);
4910 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4911 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4912 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4913 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4915 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
,
4918 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
4922 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4923 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4924 strings built above. */
4925 if (head
&& !overlaps_p
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
4928 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
4930 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4931 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
4932 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
4934 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4935 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
4936 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
4937 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
4939 i
= x_left_overwritten (head
);
4943 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, j
, start
, h
, t
,
4944 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
4948 *real_start
= start
;
4949 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
4950 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
4953 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4954 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
4955 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
4956 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
4957 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
4958 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
4960 i
= x_left_overwriting (head
);
4963 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, i
, start
, h
, t
,
4964 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
4966 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
4967 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4970 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
4971 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
4974 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4975 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
4976 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
4978 i
= x_right_overwritten (tail
);
4981 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
4982 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
4984 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
4985 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
4990 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4991 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
4992 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
4993 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
4994 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
4995 i
= x_right_overwriting (tail
);
4998 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc
, w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
4999 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
5001 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5002 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
5003 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
5004 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
5010 /* Draw all strings. */
5011 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
5012 x_draw_glyph_string (s
);
5014 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5015 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5016 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
5017 if (!row
->full_width_p
)
5019 if (area
> LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5020 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5021 if (area
> TEXT_AREA
)
5022 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
5025 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
)), hdc
);
5031 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5034 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
)
5036 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5037 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5043 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5045 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5046 x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5048 x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5049 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5051 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
5053 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
5055 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
5059 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5062 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
5063 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
5065 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
, start
, i
,
5067 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
),
5072 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
5081 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5082 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5083 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5084 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5085 row being updated. */
5088 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
5089 struct glyph
*start
;
5092 int x
, hpos
, real_start
, real_end
;
5094 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5099 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5100 x
= x_draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
5101 updated_row
, updated_area
,
5103 (updated_row
->inverse_p
5104 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
),
5105 &real_start
, &real_end
, 0);
5107 /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */
5108 note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window
, real_start
,
5109 real_end
- real_start
);
5113 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5114 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5115 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
5119 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5122 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
5123 struct glyph
*start
;
5128 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
5129 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5130 struct glyph
*glyph
;
5131 int frame_x
, frame_y
, hpos
, real_start
, real_end
;
5134 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5137 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
5138 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
5140 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5142 line_height
= row
->height
;
5144 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5146 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
5147 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
5149 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5150 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
5155 frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, output_cursor
.x
);
5156 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
5157 BitBlt (hdc
, frame_x
+ shift_by_width
, frame_y
,
5158 shifted_region_width
, line_height
,
5159 hdc
, frame_x
, frame_y
, SRCCOPY
);
5161 /* Write the glyphs. */
5162 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
5163 x_draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
, hpos
, hpos
+ len
,
5164 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, &real_start
, &real_end
, 0);
5165 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, real_start
, real_end
- real_start
);
5167 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5168 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
5169 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
5170 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
5176 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5188 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5190 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5197 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5198 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5199 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5201 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5202 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5205 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
5209 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
5210 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
5211 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
5213 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
5214 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5216 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5218 max_x
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5219 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
5220 && !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5221 max_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
5224 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
5225 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5227 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5228 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5234 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
5236 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
5238 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5239 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5240 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, output_cursor
.hpos
, -1);
5242 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
5244 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5245 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
5247 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
5248 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
5252 from_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, from_x
);
5253 to_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, to_x
);
5256 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
5257 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
5258 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
5260 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5261 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
5265 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
5267 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, from_x
, from_y
, to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
);
5268 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
5274 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5275 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5285 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5287 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5290 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5292 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
5293 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
5294 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
5296 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5297 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5300 w32_clear_window (f
);
5302 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5303 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5304 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
5310 /* Make audible bell. */
5313 w32_ring_bell (void)
5317 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5321 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && visible_bell
)
5324 HWND hwnd
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5326 for (i
= 0; i
< 5; i
++)
5328 FlashWindow (hwnd
, TRUE
);
5331 FlashWindow (hwnd
, FALSE
);
5334 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5340 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5341 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5342 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5343 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5346 w32_set_terminal_window (n
)
5349 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5354 /***********************************************************************
5356 ***********************************************************************/
5358 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5359 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5362 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
5370 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5372 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
5379 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5382 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
5386 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5387 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
5388 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
5390 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5391 without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the
5392 left and right of W. */
5393 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
5394 width
+= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
5395 x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
5397 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
5398 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
5399 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
5403 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5404 line at the bottom. */
5405 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5406 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
5408 height
= run
->height
;
5412 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5414 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5415 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
5417 height
= run
->height
;
5422 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5426 BitBlt (hdc
, x
, to_y
, width
, height
, hdc
, x
, from_y
, SRCCOPY
);
5429 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
5434 /***********************************************************************
5436 ***********************************************************************/
5438 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5439 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5440 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5441 the entire frame. */
5444 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
5450 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
5452 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5453 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5455 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
5459 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5460 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5461 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5462 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
5463 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
5465 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
5469 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
5472 r
.right
= CANON_X_UNIT (f
) * f
->width
;
5473 r
.bottom
= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
) * f
->height
;
5483 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.left
, r
.top
, r
.right
, r
.bottom
));
5484 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
5486 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
5488 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
5490 RECT intersection_rect
;
5491 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
5493 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
5494 window_rect
.left
= window_x
;
5495 window_rect
.top
= window_y
;
5496 window_rect
.right
= window_x
+ window_width
;
5497 window_rect
.bottom
= window_y
+ window_height
;
5499 if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect
, &r
, &window_rect
))
5500 expose_window (w
, &intersection_rect
);
5505 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5506 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5509 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
5515 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
5516 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
5517 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
5518 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
5522 RECT intersection_rect
;
5523 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5524 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
5526 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5527 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
,
5531 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
5532 - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
));
5533 window_rect
.top
= window_y
;
5534 window_rect
.right
= window_rect
.left
5536 + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
5537 + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
));
5538 window_rect
.bottom
= window_rect
.top
5539 + window_height
+ CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
5541 if (IntersectRect (&intersection_rect
, r
, &window_rect
))
5542 expose_window (w
, &intersection_rect
);
5545 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
5550 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5551 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5554 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
5556 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5558 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5560 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
5561 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
5563 int first_x
, start_x
, x
;
5565 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
5566 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5567 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, area
,
5569 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5573 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5574 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5575 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5576 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5578 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5579 start_x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5581 start_x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5582 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5585 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5587 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->left
)
5589 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
5593 /* Find the last one. */
5599 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
5605 x_draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
- start_x
, row
, area
,
5606 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5607 last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5608 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5614 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5615 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5618 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
5620 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5623 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
5625 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5626 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
, 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
5627 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5631 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5632 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5633 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
5634 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
5635 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5636 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5637 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, row
);
5642 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5645 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
5650 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
5652 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
5655 cr
.left
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
5656 cr
.top
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
5657 cr
.right
= cr
.left
+ cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
5658 cr
.bottom
= cr
.top
+ w
->phys_cursor_height
;
5659 return IntersectRect (&result
, &cr
, r
);
5666 /* Redraw a rectangle of window W. R is a rectangle in window
5667 relative coordinates. Call this function with input blocked. */
5670 expose_window (w
, r
)
5674 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5676 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5677 int cursor_cleared_p
;
5679 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5680 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5681 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5683 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
|| w
== updated_window
)
5686 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5687 r
->left
, r
->top
, r
->right
, r
->bottom
));
5689 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5690 r
->left
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
->left
);
5691 r
->top
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->top
);
5692 r
->right
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
->right
);
5693 r
->bottom
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->bottom
);
5695 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5696 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
5697 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
))
5700 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
5703 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
5705 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5706 row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
5708 while (row
->enabled_p
5710 && y
+ row
->height
< r
->top
)
5716 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
5717 while (row
->enabled_p
5721 expose_line (w
, row
, r
);
5726 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5727 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
5728 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
5730 && row
->y
< r
->bottom
)
5731 expose_line (w
, row
, r
);
5733 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5735 /* Draw border between windows. */
5736 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
5738 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5739 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
5740 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
5749 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
5753 frame_unhighlight (f
)
5756 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
5759 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5760 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5761 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5762 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5763 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5766 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
5767 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5768 struct frame
*frame
;
5770 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
;
5772 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
5774 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5775 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5776 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
= frame
;
5778 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
5779 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
5781 if (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
5782 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
;
5784 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
5787 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
5790 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5793 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
5794 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5796 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
);
5799 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5800 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5801 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5803 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5804 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5805 the appropriate X display info. */
5808 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame
)
5809 struct frame
*frame
;
5811 if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame
))
5813 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
5817 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
5818 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5820 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
;
5822 if (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
5824 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
5825 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)))
5826 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
))
5827 : dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
);
5828 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
))
5830 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
5831 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
;
5835 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
5837 if (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
5840 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
5841 if (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
)
5842 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
);
5846 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
5848 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
5851 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
5854 /* Make static so we can always return it */
5855 static char value
[100];
5858 GetKeyNameText (keysym
, value
, 100);
5866 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
5868 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
5869 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
5870 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
5871 not force the value into range. */
5874 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
5876 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
5877 register int *x
, *y
;
5881 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
5882 if (NILP (Vwindow_system
))
5889 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
5890 even for negative values. */
5892 pix_x
-= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
)) - 1;
5894 pix_y
-= (f
)->output_data
.w32
->line_height
- 1;
5896 pix_x
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f
, pix_x
);
5897 pix_y
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
5901 bounds
->left
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, pix_x
);
5902 bounds
->top
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
5903 bounds
->right
= bounds
->left
+ FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
)) - 1;
5904 bounds
->bottom
= bounds
->top
+ f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
- 1;
5911 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
))
5912 pix_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
);
5916 else if (pix_y
> f
->height
)
5925 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
5926 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
5927 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
5931 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
5934 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
5938 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
5939 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
5941 if (display_completed
)
5943 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
5944 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
5945 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
5951 *frame_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
5959 *frame_y
= *frame_x
= 0;
5963 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, *frame_y
);
5964 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, *frame_x
);
5969 parse_button (message
, pbutton
, pup
)
5979 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN
:
5987 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN
:
5988 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
5995 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
6001 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN
:
6002 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
6009 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
))
6020 if (pbutton
) *pbutton
= button
;
6026 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6028 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6032 construct_mouse_click (result
, msg
, f
)
6033 struct input_event
*result
;
6040 parse_button (msg
->msg
.message
, &button
, &up
);
6042 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
6044 result
->kind
= mouse_click
;
6045 result
->code
= button
;
6046 result
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
6047 result
->modifiers
= (msg
->dwModifiers
6052 XSETINT (result
->x
, LOWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
));
6053 XSETINT (result
->y
, HIWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
));
6054 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6060 construct_mouse_wheel (result
, msg
, f
)
6061 struct input_event
*result
;
6066 result
->kind
= mouse_wheel
;
6067 result
->code
= (short) HIWORD (msg
->msg
.wParam
);
6068 result
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
6069 result
->modifiers
= msg
->dwModifiers
;
6070 p
.x
= LOWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6071 p
.y
= HIWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6072 ScreenToClient (msg
->msg
.hwnd
, &p
);
6073 XSETINT (result
->x
, p
.x
);
6074 XSETINT (result
->y
, p
.y
);
6075 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6081 construct_drag_n_drop (result
, msg
, f
)
6082 struct input_event
*result
;
6094 result
->kind
= drag_n_drop
;
6096 result
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
6097 result
->modifiers
= msg
->dwModifiers
;
6099 hdrop
= (HDROP
) msg
->msg
.wParam
;
6100 DragQueryPoint (hdrop
, &p
);
6103 p
.x
= LOWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6104 p
.y
= HIWORD (msg
->msg
.lParam
);
6105 ScreenToClient (msg
->msg
.hwnd
, &p
);
6108 XSETINT (result
->x
, p
.x
);
6109 XSETINT (result
->y
, p
.y
);
6111 num_files
= DragQueryFile (hdrop
, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL
, 0);
6114 for (i
= 0; i
< num_files
; i
++)
6116 len
= DragQueryFile (hdrop
, i
, NULL
, 0);
6119 name
= alloca (len
+ 1);
6120 DragQueryFile (hdrop
, i
, name
, len
+ 1);
6121 files
= Fcons (build_string (name
), files
);
6126 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6127 result
->frame_or_window
= Fcons (frame
, files
);
6133 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6134 The input handler calls this.
6136 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6137 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6138 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6139 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6141 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event
;
6142 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
6145 note_mouse_movement (frame
, msg
)
6149 last_mouse_movement_time
= msg
->time
;
6150 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event
, msg
, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event
));
6151 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
6153 if (msg
->hwnd
!= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame
))
6155 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6156 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6157 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
6160 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6161 else if (LOWORD (msg
->lParam
) < last_mouse_glyph
.left
6162 || LOWORD (msg
->lParam
) > last_mouse_glyph
.right
6163 || HIWORD (msg
->lParam
) < last_mouse_glyph
.top
6164 || HIWORD (msg
->lParam
) > last_mouse_glyph
.bottom
)
6166 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6167 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6168 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, LOWORD (msg
->lParam
), HIWORD (msg
->lParam
));
6172 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
6174 int disable_mouse_highlight
;
6178 /************************************************************************
6180 ************************************************************************/
6182 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6183 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6184 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6185 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6186 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6187 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6190 static struct glyph
*
6191 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, area
)
6194 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *area
;
6196 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6197 struct glyph_row
*row
= NULL
;
6198 int x0
, i
, left_area_width
;
6200 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6201 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6203 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
6204 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
6206 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
6213 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6214 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
6217 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6218 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6225 left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6226 if (x
< left_area_width
)
6228 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6231 else if (x
< left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
6234 x0
= row
->x
+ left_area_width
;
6238 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6239 x0
= left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
6243 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6244 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6245 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
6248 if (x
< x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6250 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6252 else if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
6256 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6263 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6268 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6269 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6272 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
6276 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6278 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6279 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6280 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6281 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
);
6282 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6286 *x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, *x
);
6287 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6292 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of
6293 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6294 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6295 W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted
6296 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6299 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, mode_line_p
)
6303 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6304 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6305 Cursor cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6306 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6309 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6311 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6315 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6316 Lisp_Object help
, map
;
6319 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6320 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6321 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
6322 x0
= - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
)
6323 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
6326 && x
>= x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6328 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6333 && STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
6334 && XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->intervals
6335 && glyph
->charpos
>= 0
6336 && glyph
->charpos
< XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->size
)
6338 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6339 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6340 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6341 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6342 Qhelp_echo
, glyph
->object
);
6346 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window
, w
);
6347 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
6348 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6351 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6352 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6353 Qlocal_map
, glyph
->object
);
6355 cursor
= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
;
6358 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6359 Qkeymap
, glyph
->object
);
6361 cursor
= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
;
6366 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6367 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
6372 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6373 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6374 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6375 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6378 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
6382 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6387 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6388 if (popup_activated ())
6391 if (disable_mouse_highlight
6392 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
6395 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
6396 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
6397 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
6399 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
6404 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
6408 /* Which window is that in? */
6409 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &portion
, 1);
6411 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6412 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
6413 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6415 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6416 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
6419 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6420 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6421 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
6423 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6425 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6427 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
6431 if (portion
== 1 || portion
== 3)
6433 /* Mouse is on the mode or top line. */
6434 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, portion
== 1);
6437 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6438 else if (portion
== 2)
6439 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6440 f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
6442 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6443 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
6446 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6447 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6448 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6450 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
6451 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
6452 && (XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
)
6453 == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))))
6455 int hpos
, vpos
, pos
, i
, area
;
6456 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6458 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6459 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &area
);
6461 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6463 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
6464 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
6466 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6470 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6471 xassert (w
->pseudo_window_p
|| BUFFERP (glyph
->object
));
6473 /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo. */
6475 Lisp_Object mouse_face
, overlay
, position
;
6476 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
;
6478 struct buffer
*obuf
;
6481 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6482 if (pos
> BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
6485 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6486 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6487 obuf
= current_buffer
;
6488 current_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
6494 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6495 XSETINT (position
, pos
);
6497 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6498 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6499 enough space for all, and try again. */
6501 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6502 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
6503 if (noverlays
> len
)
6506 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6507 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
,0);
6510 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6511 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
6513 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6514 if (! (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
6515 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6516 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6517 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6518 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
6519 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6520 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
6521 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
)))
6523 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6524 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6526 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
6528 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
6530 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
6531 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
6533 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
6538 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6540 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, w
->buffer
);
6542 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6543 if (! NILP (overlay
))
6545 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6546 should be active. */
6547 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
6550 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
6551 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
6552 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6553 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
6554 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6555 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6556 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6557 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
);
6558 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
6559 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
6560 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6561 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6562 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6563 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
);
6564 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6565 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6566 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
6567 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
6569 /* Display it as active. */
6570 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6572 /* Handle the text property case. */
6573 else if (! NILP (mouse_face
))
6575 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6576 should be active. */
6577 Lisp_Object before
, after
, beginning
, end
;
6580 beginning
= Fmarker_position (w
->start
);
6581 XSETINT (end
, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
6582 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
)));
6584 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
6586 w
->buffer
, beginning
);
6588 = Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
6590 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6591 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
6592 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6593 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6594 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6595 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
);
6596 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
6597 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
6598 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6599 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6600 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6601 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
);
6602 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6603 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6604 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
6605 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
6607 /* Display it as active. */
6608 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6612 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6614 Lisp_Object help
, overlay
;
6616 /* Check overlays first. */
6617 help
= overlay
= Qnil
;
6618 for (i
= noverlays
- 1; i
>= 0 && NILP (help
); --i
)
6620 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
6621 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay
, Qhelp_echo
);
6627 help_echo_window
= window
;
6628 help_echo_object
= overlay
;
6629 help_echo_pos
= pos
;
6633 /* Try text properties. */
6634 if ((STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
6635 && glyph
->charpos
>= 0
6636 && glyph
->charpos
< XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->size
)
6637 || (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
6638 && glyph
->charpos
>= BEGV
6639 && glyph
->charpos
< ZV
))
6640 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6641 Qhelp_echo
, glyph
->object
);
6646 help_echo_window
= window
;
6647 help_echo_object
= glyph
->object
;
6648 help_echo_pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6655 current_buffer
= obuf
;
6661 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6663 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
6664 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
6665 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
6666 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event
.lParam
),
6667 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event
.lParam
));
6672 /***********************************************************************
6674 ***********************************************************************/
6676 static int x_tool_bar_item
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int,
6677 struct glyph
**, int *, int *, int *));
6679 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
6682 static int last_tool_bar_item
;
6685 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
6686 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
6687 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
6688 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
6689 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
6691 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
6692 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
6696 x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
6699 struct glyph
**glyph
;
6700 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
6702 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6703 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
6706 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6707 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, &area
);
6711 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
6712 f->tool_bar_items. */
6713 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
6716 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
6717 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
6718 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6719 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6720 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6721 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
6722 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6723 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
6724 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
6731 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
6732 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
6736 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, button_event
)
6738 struct input_event
*button_event
;
6740 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6741 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
6742 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
6743 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6744 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
6745 int x
= XFASTINT (button_event
->x
);
6746 int y
= XFASTINT (button_event
->y
);
6748 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
6749 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
6750 if (x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
6753 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
6754 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
6755 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
6758 if (button_event
->kind
== mouse_click
)
6760 /* Show item in pressed state. */
6761 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
6762 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
6763 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
6767 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
6768 struct input_event event
;
6770 /* Show item in released state. */
6771 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
6772 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
6774 key
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
);
6776 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6777 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
6778 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
6780 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
6782 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
6783 event
.frame_or_window
= frame
;
6785 event
.modifiers
= button_event
->modifiers
;
6786 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
6787 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6792 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
6793 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
6794 note_mouse_highlight. */
6797 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
6801 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
6802 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6803 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6805 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6806 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6808 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
6810 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
6811 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
6813 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
6814 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
6815 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
6817 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6821 rc
= x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
6824 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
6825 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6829 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
6832 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6834 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
6835 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6836 && f
== last_mouse_frame
6837 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
6839 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
6842 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
6843 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
6845 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
6846 enabled_p
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
);
6847 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
6849 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
6850 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
6851 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6852 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
6853 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
6855 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6856 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
6857 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
6858 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
6859 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
6860 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
6862 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
6863 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
6864 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
6865 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
6866 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6867 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
6869 /* Display it as active. */
6870 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
6871 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
6876 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
6877 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
6878 help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6880 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
);
6881 if (NILP (help_echo
))
6882 help_echo
= AREF (f
->tool_bar_items
, prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
);
6887 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W.
6888 *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
6889 current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start
6890 return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of
6894 fast_find_position (w
, pos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
6897 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
6901 int maybe_next_line_p
= 0;
6902 int line_start_position
;
6903 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
6904 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, 0);
6905 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= row
;
6906 int row_vpos
= 0, best_row_vpos
= 0;
6911 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
6912 line_start_position
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
;
6914 line_start_position
= 0;
6916 if (line_start_position
> pos
)
6918 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
6919 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
6920 else if (line_start_position
== pos
6921 && pos
== BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
6923 maybe_next_line_p
= 1;
6926 else if (line_start_position
> 0)
6929 best_row_vpos
= row_vpos
;
6932 if (row
->y
+ row
->height
>= yb
)
6939 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
6941 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
6942 for (i
= 0; i
< best_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
6944 struct glyph
*glyph
= best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + i
;
6947 charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6951 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
6956 else if (charpos
> pos
)
6958 else if (charpos
> 0)
6961 current_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6964 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
6965 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
6966 use the start of the following line. */
6967 if (maybe_next_line_p
)
6972 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
6975 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
6976 *hpos
= lastcol
+ 1;
6983 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
6984 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
6987 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
6988 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6989 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
6991 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
6992 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6994 int cursor_off_p
= 0;
6995 struct cursor_pos saved_cursor
;
6997 saved_cursor
= output_cursor
;
6999 /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7001 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
7004 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7005 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7006 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
7009 set_output_cursor (&w
->phys_cursor
);
7011 /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */
7012 for (i
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
;
7013 i
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
;
7016 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
7017 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
7019 /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */
7020 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
7023 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7024 if (i
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
)
7026 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
7027 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
7035 if (i
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
)
7036 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
7038 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
7040 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the
7042 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
7043 && i
== output_cursor
.vpos
7044 && output_cursor
.hpos
>= start_hpos
- 1
7045 && output_cursor
.hpos
<= end_hpos
)
7047 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
7051 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
7053 row
->mouse_face_p
= draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
7054 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
7055 start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
7059 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
7061 x_display_cursor (w
, 1,
7062 output_cursor
.hpos
, output_cursor
.vpos
,
7063 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
7065 output_cursor
= saved_cursor
;
7068 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
7069 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7070 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
7071 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7072 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
7073 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
7074 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7075 f
->output_data
.x
->cross_cursor
);
7077 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7078 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
7083 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7084 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7087 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
7088 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7090 #if 0 /* This prevents redrawing tool bar items when changing from one
7091 to another while a tooltip is open, so don't do it. */
7092 if (!NILP (tip_frame
))
7096 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7097 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
7099 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7100 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7101 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7105 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7106 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7107 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7110 x_clear_mouse_face (w
)
7113 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
7114 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
7118 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
7119 if (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
7120 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
7125 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7126 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7129 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
7133 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7135 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
7136 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
7138 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
7139 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
7140 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
7144 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7145 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7147 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7148 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7150 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7151 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7152 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7153 position on the scroll bar.
7155 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7156 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7159 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7160 was at this position.
7162 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7164 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7168 w32_mouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
7171 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
7172 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
7174 unsigned long *time
;
7180 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
7181 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
7186 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7188 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7189 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7190 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
7192 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
7196 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7197 containing the pointer. */
7199 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
7200 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
7202 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7203 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7204 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
7208 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7209 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
),
7210 WindowFromPoint (pt
));
7213 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7216 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7217 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt
));
7221 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7225 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
7226 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7230 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7231 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7232 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7233 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7234 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7235 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7236 the frame are divided into. */
7238 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7239 int ignore1
, ignore2
;
7241 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1
), &pt
);
7243 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1
, pt
.x
, pt
.y
, &ignore1
, &ignore2
,
7245 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
)->grabbed
7248 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1
), &pt
);
7250 int width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
7251 int height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
7255 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7256 round down even for negative values. */
7262 last_mouse_glyph
.left
= (x
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
7263 last_mouse_glyph
.top
= (y
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
7264 last_mouse_glyph
.right
= last_mouse_glyph
.left
+ width
;
7265 last_mouse_glyph
.bottom
= last_mouse_glyph
.top
+ height
;
7274 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
7283 /* Scroll bar support. */
7285 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7286 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7289 static struct scroll_bar
*
7290 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
7295 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
7296 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
7299 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
7301 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
7302 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7303 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
7306 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7308 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
7309 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
7310 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7311 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7312 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
7315 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7316 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
7317 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
7325 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7326 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7329 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
7330 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7331 int portion
, position
, whole
;
7333 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
);
7334 int range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
7335 int sb_page
, sb_pos
;
7336 BOOL draggingp
= !NILP (bar
->dragging
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
7340 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7341 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7342 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7343 if (position
+ portion
>= whole
)
7345 sb_page
= range
* (whole
- position
) / whole
7346 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
7350 sb_page
= portion
* range
/ whole
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
7351 sb_pos
= position
* range
/ whole
;
7361 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
7365 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7366 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7369 si
.fMask
= SIF_PAGE
;
7371 si
.fMask
= SIF_PAGE
| SIF_POS
;
7375 pfnSetScrollInfo (w
, SB_CTL
, &si
, !draggingp
);
7378 SetScrollPos (w
, SB_CTL
, sb_pos
, !draggingp
);
7384 /************************************************************************
7385 Scroll bars, general
7386 ************************************************************************/
7389 my_create_scrollbar (f
, bar
)
7391 struct scroll_bar
* bar
;
7393 return (HWND
) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
7394 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR
, (WPARAM
) f
,
7398 //#define ATTACH_THREADS
7401 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f
, HWND hwnd
, int how
)
7403 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7404 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
,
7405 (WPARAM
) hwnd
, (LPARAM
) how
);
7407 return ShowWindow (hwnd
, how
);
7412 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd
, HWND hwndAfter
,
7413 int x
, int y
, int cx
, int cy
, UINT flags
)
7415 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7417 pos
.hwndInsertAfter
= hwndAfter
;
7423 SendMessage (hwnd
, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
, (WPARAM
) &pos
, 0);
7425 SetWindowPos (hwnd
, hwndAfter
, x
, y
, cx
, cy
, flags
);
7430 my_set_focus (f
, hwnd
)
7434 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS
,
7439 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd
)
7442 SendMessage (hwnd
, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
, (WPARAM
) hwnd
, 0);
7446 my_destroy_window (f
, hwnd
)
7450 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
,
7454 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
7455 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
7456 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
7459 static struct scroll_bar
*
7460 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
7462 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
7464 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7466 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7467 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
7471 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
7472 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
7473 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
7474 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
7475 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
7476 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
7477 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
7478 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7480 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
7482 hwnd
= my_create_scrollbar (f
, bar
);
7484 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
7488 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7491 si
.nMax
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
)
7492 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
7496 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, &si
, FALSE
);
7500 SetScrollRange (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, 0,
7501 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
), FALSE
);
7502 SetScrollPos (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, 0, FALSE
);
7505 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
, hwnd
);
7507 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
7508 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
7510 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
7511 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
7512 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
7520 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
7524 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
7525 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7527 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7531 /* Destroy the window. */
7532 my_destroy_window (f
, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
));
7534 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
7535 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
7540 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
7541 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
7542 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
7545 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
7547 int portion
, whole
, position
;
7549 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7550 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7551 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
7552 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
7554 /* Get window dimensions. */
7555 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
7557 width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
7558 height
= window_height
;
7560 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
7561 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
7562 left
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
);
7564 left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
);
7565 left
*= CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
7566 left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
7568 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
7569 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
7570 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7571 sb_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
7575 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
7576 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
7577 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
7579 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
7581 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
7582 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
7586 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
7587 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
7588 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
7591 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
7595 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
7598 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
7599 hwnd
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
);
7601 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
7602 if ( XINT (bar
->left
) == sb_left
7603 && XINT (bar
->top
) == top
7604 && XINT (bar
->width
) == sb_width
7605 && XINT (bar
->height
) == height
)
7607 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
7608 if (!my_show_window (f
, hwnd
, SW_NORMAL
))
7609 InvalidateRect (hwnd
, NULL
, FALSE
);
7616 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
7617 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
7618 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
7619 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
,
7624 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
7626 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
7627 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
7628 my_show_window (f
, hwnd
, SW_HIDE
);
7629 MoveWindow (hwnd
, sb_left
, top
,
7630 sb_width
, height
, TRUE
);
7631 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
7635 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7636 si
.fMask
= SIF_RANGE
;
7638 si
.nMax
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
)
7639 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
7641 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, &si
, FALSE
);
7644 SetScrollRange (hwnd
, SB_CTL
, 0,
7645 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
), FALSE
);
7646 my_show_window (f
, hwnd
, SW_NORMAL
);
7647 // InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE);
7649 /* Remember new settings. */
7650 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
7651 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
7652 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
7653 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
7658 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
7660 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
7664 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
7665 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
7666 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
7667 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
7668 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
7669 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
7670 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
7672 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
7673 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
7674 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
7677 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
7680 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
7681 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
7684 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
7685 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
7686 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
7687 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
7688 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
7689 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
7690 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
7695 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
7696 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
7699 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window
)
7700 struct window
*window
;
7702 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7705 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
7706 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
7709 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
7711 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
7712 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
7713 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
7715 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
7717 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
7718 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
7720 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
7721 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
7722 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
7724 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
7725 one or the other! */
7729 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
7731 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
7732 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
7734 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
7736 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
7737 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
7738 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
7741 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
7742 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
7745 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f
)
7748 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
7750 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
7752 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
7753 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
7754 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
7756 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
7758 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
7760 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
7763 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
7766 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
7767 and they should get garbage-collected. */
7770 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
7771 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
7773 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7777 w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, msg
, emacs_event
)
7778 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7780 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
7782 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
7785 emacs_event
->kind
= w32_scroll_bar_click
;
7786 emacs_event
->code
= 0;
7787 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
7788 emacs_event
->modifiers
= msg
->dwModifiers
;
7789 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
7790 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
7791 emacs_event
->timestamp
= msg
->msg
.time
;
7794 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
7796 int dragging
= !NILP (bar
->dragging
);
7798 if (pfnGetScrollInfo
)
7802 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7805 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND
) msg
->msg
.lParam
, SB_CTL
, &si
);
7809 y
= GetScrollPos ((HWND
) msg
->msg
.lParam
, SB_CTL
);
7811 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7814 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
= msg
->msg
.wParam
;
7816 switch (LOWORD (msg
->msg
.wParam
))
7819 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
7822 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
7825 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7828 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7831 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7835 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7839 case SB_THUMBPOSITION
:
7840 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
)) <= 0xffff)
7841 y
= HIWORD (msg
->msg
.wParam
);
7843 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7845 /* "Silently" update current position. */
7846 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
7850 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7853 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
7854 position, so don't set that directly. */
7855 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos
= y
;
7857 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, &si
, FALSE
);
7860 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, y
, FALSE
);
7863 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
7864 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
7868 if (pfnSetScrollInfo
)
7871 int start
= XINT (bar
->start
);
7872 int end
= XINT (bar
->end
);
7874 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7875 si
.fMask
= SIF_PAGE
| SIF_POS
;
7876 si
.nPage
= end
- start
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
7877 si
.nPos
= last_scroll_bar_drag_pos
;
7878 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, &si
, TRUE
);
7881 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
), SB_CTL
, y
, TRUE
);
7885 emacs_event
->kind
= no_event
;
7889 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
7890 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
7896 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7897 on the scroll bar. */
7900 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
7902 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
7903 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
7905 unsigned long *time
;
7907 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
7908 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar
);
7909 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7911 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
7916 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7918 if (pfnGetScrollInfo
)
7922 si
.cbSize
= sizeof (si
);
7923 si
.fMask
= SIF_POS
| SIF_PAGE
| SIF_RANGE
;
7925 pfnGetScrollInfo (w
, SB_CTL
, &si
);
7927 top_range
= si
.nMax
- si
.nPage
+ 1;
7930 pos
= GetScrollPos (w
, SB_CTL
);
7932 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
))
7934 case SB_THUMBPOSITION
:
7936 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7937 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
)) <= 0xffff)
7938 pos
= HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos
);
7941 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7945 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7950 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
7953 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
7955 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
7961 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7962 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7963 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7967 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
7972 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7973 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7974 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7975 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
7976 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
7977 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7979 HWND window
= SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
));
7980 HDC hdc
= GetDC (window
);
7983 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
7984 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
7985 my_show_window (f
, window
, SW_HIDE
);
7987 GetClientRect (window
, &rect
);
7988 select_palette (f
, hdc
);
7989 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &rect
);
7990 deselect_palette (f
, hdc
);
7992 ReleaseDC (window
, hdc
);
7997 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
7999 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by w32_read_socket,
8000 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
8001 sometimes don't work. */
8003 static Time enter_timestamp
;
8005 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
8006 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8008 static int temp_index
;
8009 static short temp_buffer
[100];
8012 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
8013 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
8014 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8016 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
8017 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
8018 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8019 thus pretending to be `read'.
8021 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
8023 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
8024 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
8025 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
8026 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
8027 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
8028 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
8029 recursively with different messages by the system.
8033 w32_read_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
8035 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
8036 /* register */ int numchars
;
8040 int check_visibility
= 0;
8043 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
8045 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
8047 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8051 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
8054 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8055 input_signal_count
++;
8058 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8060 /* TODO: tooltips, tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
8062 while (get_next_msg (&msg
, FALSE
))
8064 switch (msg
.msg
.message
)
8067 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8071 if (msg
.rect
.right
== msg
.rect
.left
||
8072 msg
.rect
.bottom
== msg
.rect
.top
)
8074 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8075 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8076 DebPrint (("clipped frame %04x (%s) got WM_PAINT\n", f
,
8077 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
8079 else if (f
->async_visible
!= 1)
8081 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8082 f
->async_visible
= 1;
8083 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8084 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8085 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f
,
8086 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
8088 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8089 visibility changes properly. */
8092 bufp
->kind
= deiconify_event
;
8093 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8099 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
8100 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
8101 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8102 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8103 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8107 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8109 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8110 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &msg
.rect
);
8111 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
8115 msg
.rect
.right
- msg
.rect
.left
,
8116 msg
.rect
.bottom
- msg
.rect
.top
);
8121 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE
:
8122 /* Generate a language change event. */
8123 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8130 bufp
->kind
= language_change_event
;
8131 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8133 bufp
->code
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8134 bufp
->modifiers
= msg
.msg
.lParam
& 0xffff;
8143 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8145 if (f
&& !f
->iconified
)
8147 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
8149 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8150 bufp
->kind
= non_ascii_keystroke
;
8151 bufp
->code
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8152 bufp
->modifiers
= msg
.dwModifiers
;
8153 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8155 bufp
->timestamp
= msg
.msg
.time
;
8164 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8166 if (f
&& !f
->iconified
)
8168 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
8170 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8171 bufp
->kind
= ascii_keystroke
;
8172 bufp
->code
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8173 bufp
->modifiers
= msg
.dwModifiers
;
8174 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8176 bufp
->timestamp
= msg
.msg
.time
;
8184 previous_help_echo
= help_echo
;
8185 help_echo
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
8188 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8189 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8190 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
8192 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8195 note_mouse_movement (f
, &msg
.msg
);
8198 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8199 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8200 clear_mouse_face (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
));
8203 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8204 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8205 if (!NILP (help_echo
)
8206 || !NILP (previous_help_echo
))
8212 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8216 any_help_event_p
= 1;
8217 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
, help_echo
, frame
,
8218 help_echo_window
, help_echo_object
,
8220 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-= n
;
8224 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN
:
8226 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN
:
8228 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN
:
8231 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8232 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8233 struct input_event emacs_event
;
8238 emacs_event
.kind
= no_event
;
8240 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8241 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8242 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
8244 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8248 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &msg
, f
);
8250 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8251 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8252 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
))
8258 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
8262 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
8264 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, &emacs_event
);
8270 if (!dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
8271 || f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
8274 construct_mouse_click (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
8281 parse_button (msg
.msg
.message
, &button
, &up
);
8285 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~ (1 << button
);
8289 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << button
);
8290 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8291 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8292 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8293 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8299 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8305 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8306 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8307 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
8309 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8313 if ((!dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
8314 || f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
8317 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
8327 HMENU menu
= (HMENU
) msg
.msg
.lParam
;
8328 UINT menu_item
= (UINT
) LOWORD (msg
.msg
.wParam
);
8329 UINT flags
= (UINT
) HIWORD (msg
.msg
.wParam
);
8331 w32_menu_display_help (menu
, menu_item
, flags
);
8336 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8340 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
8349 struct scroll_bar
*bar
=
8350 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND
)msg
.msg
.lParam
);
8352 if (bar
&& numchars
>= 1)
8354 if (w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &msg
, bufp
))
8364 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED
:
8366 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP
:
8367 check_visibility
= 1;
8371 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8373 if (f
&& !f
->async_iconified
)
8377 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
8378 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= x
;
8379 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= y
;
8382 check_visibility
= 1;
8386 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
8387 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
8388 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
8389 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
8391 if (msg
.msg
.lParam
!= 0)
8392 check_visibility
= 1;
8395 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8396 f
->async_visible
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8400 check_visibility
= 1;
8404 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8406 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
8409 switch (msg
.msg
.wParam
)
8411 case SIZE_MINIMIZED
:
8412 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8413 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8415 bufp
->kind
= iconify_event
;
8416 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8423 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED
:
8425 f
->async_visible
= 1;
8426 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8428 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
8429 the frame's display structures. */
8430 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8436 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
8437 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
8438 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
8439 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
8441 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
8442 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= x
;
8443 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= y
;
8445 bufp
->kind
= deiconify_event
;
8446 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8452 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
8453 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
8454 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
8455 to update the frame titles
8456 in case this is the second frame. */
8457 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8462 if (f
&& !f
->async_iconified
&& msg
.msg
.wParam
!= SIZE_MINIMIZED
)
8470 GetClientRect (msg
.msg
.hwnd
, &rect
);
8472 height
= rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
;
8473 width
= rect
.right
- rect
.left
;
8475 rows
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
8476 columns
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, width
);
8478 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
8480 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8481 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8482 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8484 if (columns
!= f
->width
8485 || rows
!= f
->height
8486 || width
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_width
8487 || height
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_height
)
8489 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
8490 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8491 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8492 f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_width
= width
;
8493 f
->output_data
.w32
->pixel_height
= height
;
8494 f
->output_data
.w32
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8498 check_visibility
= 1;
8502 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8504 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
= f
;
8507 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
8510 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
8511 check_visibility
= 1;
8515 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
8516 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8520 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
)
8521 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
= 0;
8523 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
8524 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
8526 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8528 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8529 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8530 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
8531 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8534 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8535 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8536 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8537 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8538 if (any_help_event_p
)
8543 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8545 n
= gen_help_event (bufp
, numchars
,
8546 Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
8547 bufp
+= n
, count
+= n
, numchars
-=n
;
8551 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
8552 check_visibility
= 1;
8556 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8563 bufp
->kind
= delete_window_event
;
8564 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8573 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8580 bufp
->kind
= menu_bar_activate_event
;
8581 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8590 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8594 extern void menubar_selection_callback
8595 (FRAME_PTR f
, void * client_data
);
8596 menubar_selection_callback (f
, (void *)msg
.msg
.wParam
);
8599 check_visibility
= 1;
8602 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE
:
8603 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8607 dpyinfo
->width
= (short) LOWORD (msg
.msg
.lParam
);
8608 dpyinfo
->height
= (short) HIWORD (msg
.msg
.lParam
);
8609 dpyinfo
->n_cbits
= msg
.msg
.wParam
;
8610 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo
->width
,
8614 check_visibility
= 1;
8618 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
8619 if (msg
.msg
.message
== msh_mousewheel
)
8621 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
8622 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
8623 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
8625 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, msg
.msg
.hwnd
);
8629 if ((!dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
8630 || f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
8633 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp
, &msg
, f
);
8644 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
8646 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
8647 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
8649 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
8650 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
8653 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
8654 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
8655 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
8656 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
8657 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
8658 if (count
> 0 || check_visibility
)
8660 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8662 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8664 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8665 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
8666 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
8667 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
8668 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && f
->async_visible
)
8671 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8672 GetClipBox (hdc
, &clipbox
);
8673 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
8675 if (clipbox
.right
== clipbox
.left
8676 || clipbox
.bottom
== clipbox
.top
)
8678 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
8679 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
8680 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
8682 f
->async_visible
= 2;
8684 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
8686 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) obscured\n", f
,
8687 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
8692 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
8693 f
->async_visible
= 1;
8695 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f
))
8697 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8698 DebPrint (("frame %04x (%s) reexposed\n", f
,
8699 XSTRING (f
->name
)->data
));
8701 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
8702 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8716 /***********************************************************************
8718 ***********************************************************************/
8720 /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
8721 drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the
8722 line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the
8723 line after HPOS has been written. */
8726 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, hpos
, n
)
8730 if (updated_area
== TEXT_AREA
8731 && output_cursor
.vpos
== w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
8732 && hpos
<= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
8734 || hpos
+ n
> w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
))
8735 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
8739 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8740 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8741 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
8742 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
8744 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8745 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8746 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8749 w32_clip_to_row (w
, row
, hdc
, whole_line_p
)
8751 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8755 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8757 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
8759 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
8761 clip_rect
.left
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
8762 clip_rect
.top
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
8763 clip_rect
.top
= max (clip_rect
.top
, window_y
);
8764 clip_rect
.right
= clip_rect
.left
+ window_width
;
8765 clip_rect
.bottom
= clip_rect
.top
+ row
->visible_height
;
8767 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
8768 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
8771 clip_rect
.left
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
8772 clip_rect
.right
+= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
8775 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc
, &clip_rect
);
8779 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8782 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
8784 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8786 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8790 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8791 HBRUSH hb
= CreateSolidBrush (f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
);
8793 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
8795 rect
.left
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8796 rect
.top
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
8797 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
8798 rect
.bottom
= rect
.top
+ row
->height
- 1;
8800 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8801 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8802 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8803 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8806 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
8807 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
8808 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
8810 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
8811 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
8812 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
8813 wd
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (f
), wd
);
8815 rect
.right
= rect
.left
+ wd
;
8816 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8817 FrameRect (hdc
, &rect
, hb
);
8820 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
8824 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8826 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8827 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8828 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8832 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
)
8834 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8837 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8838 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8842 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8843 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8845 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8846 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8849 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8850 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8851 the bar might not be in the window. */
8852 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8854 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8855 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8856 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8861 width
= f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_width
;
8863 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8864 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8865 w32_clip_to_row (w
, row
, hdc
, 0);
8866 w32_fill_area (f
, hdc
, f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
,
8868 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8869 min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
),
8871 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
8876 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
8877 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
8878 is is about to be rewritten. */
8884 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
8885 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
8889 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
8890 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
8893 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
8895 struct glyph_row
*row
;
8896 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
8898 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
8899 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
8900 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
8901 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
8903 x_draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
8904 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
8907 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
8908 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
8910 if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
8912 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
8913 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
8914 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
);
8916 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
8917 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
8918 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
);
8924 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
8927 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
)
8930 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8931 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8932 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
8933 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
8934 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
8935 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
8936 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
8937 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8938 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
8940 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
8942 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
8943 goto mark_cursor_off
;
8945 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
8946 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
8947 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
8948 goto mark_cursor_off
;
8950 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
8952 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
8953 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
8954 goto mark_cursor_off
;
8956 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
8957 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
8958 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
8959 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
8960 cursor glyph at hand. */
8961 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
8962 goto mark_cursor_off
;
8964 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
8965 we clear the cursor. */
8966 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
8967 && w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
8968 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
8969 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
8970 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
8971 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
8972 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
8973 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
8974 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
8975 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
8976 mouse highlighting does not. */
8977 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
)
8978 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
8980 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
8981 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
8984 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
8987 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8988 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8989 goto mark_cursor_off
;
8991 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8993 hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
8994 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, x
,
8995 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
8997 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
8998 cursor_row
->visible_height
);
8999 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
9002 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
9003 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
9004 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
9005 else if (cursor_row
->inverse_p
)
9006 hl
= DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
;
9008 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
9009 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
9012 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
9013 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9017 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
9018 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
9019 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
9022 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
9024 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
9026 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
9027 int new_cursor_type
;
9028 int new_cursor_width
;
9029 struct glyph_matrix
*current_glyphs
;
9030 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
9031 struct glyph
*glyph
;
9033 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
9034 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
9035 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
9037 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9038 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
9039 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
9040 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
9043 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
9044 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
9047 current_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
9048 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs
, vpos
);
9049 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
9051 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9052 display the cursor. */
9053 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
9055 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
9059 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
9061 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
9062 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
9063 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
9064 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
9065 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
9067 new_cursor_width
= -1;
9068 if (cursor_in_echo_area
9069 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
9070 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
9072 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
9073 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
9075 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
9079 if (w
!= XWINDOW (selected_window
)
9080 || f
!= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
)
9082 extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows
;
9084 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
)
9085 || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows
9086 || NILP (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)->cursor_type
))
9087 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9089 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
9091 else if (w
->cursor_off_p
)
9092 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
9095 struct buffer
*b
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
9097 if (EQ (b
->cursor_type
, Qt
))
9098 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
9100 new_cursor_type
= x_specified_cursor_type (b
->cursor_type
,
9105 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9106 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9108 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
9110 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
9111 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
9112 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
))
9113 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
);
9115 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
9117 if (on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
9119 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
9120 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
9122 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9123 of them may need the information. */
9124 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
9125 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
9126 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
9127 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
9128 w
->phys_cursor_type
= new_cursor_type
;
9129 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
9131 switch (new_cursor_type
)
9133 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
9134 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
9137 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
9138 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
9142 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, new_cursor_width
);
9155 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9156 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9157 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9158 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9159 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9162 x_display_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
9164 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
9167 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
9172 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9173 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9176 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
9180 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
9184 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9185 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9188 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
9194 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
9195 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
9196 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
9197 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
9199 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
9201 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
9206 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
9210 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
9214 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
9215 of being deleted. */
9216 if (w
->current_matrix
)
9219 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
,
9220 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
,
9232 x_bitmap_icon (f
, icon
)
9238 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9242 hicon
= LoadIcon (hinst
, EMACS_CLASS
);
9243 else if (STRINGP (icon
))
9244 hicon
= LoadImage (NULL
, (LPCTSTR
) XSTRING (icon
)->data
, IMAGE_ICON
, 0, 0,
9245 LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_LOADFROMFILE
);
9246 else if (SYMBOLP (icon
))
9250 if (EQ (icon
, intern ("application")))
9251 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_APPLICATION
;
9252 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("hand")))
9253 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_HAND
;
9254 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("question")))
9255 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_QUESTION
;
9256 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("exclamation")))
9257 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_EXCLAMATION
;
9258 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("asterisk")))
9259 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_ASTERISK
;
9260 else if (EQ (icon
, intern ("winlogo")))
9261 name
= (LPCTSTR
) IDI_WINLOGO
;
9265 hicon
= LoadIcon (NULL
, name
);
9273 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_SETICON
, (WPARAM
) ICON_BIG
,
9280 /************************************************************************
9282 ************************************************************************/
9284 /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
9285 helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.
9287 x_error_catcher (display, error)
9288 x_catch_errors (dpy)
9289 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
9290 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
9291 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
9292 x_clear_errors (dpy)
9293 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
9295 x_connection_signal (signalnum)
9296 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
9297 x_error_quitter (display, error)
9298 x_error_handler (display, error)
9299 x_io_error_quitter (display)
9304 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9306 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
9307 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
9308 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
9309 The return value shows which font we chose. */
9312 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
9314 register char *fontname
;
9316 struct font_info
*fontp
9317 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
9322 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
9323 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
9324 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
9326 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
9327 if (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
> 0)
9329 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
9330 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
+ wid
-1) / wid
;
9334 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
9335 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
9338 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
9339 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
9341 frame_update_line_height (f
);
9342 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, f
->width
, f
->height
);
9345 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
9346 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
9347 f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
9349 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9352 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
9353 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
9354 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
9355 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
9358 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
9362 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
9368 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
9369 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
9371 return fontset_name (fontset
);
9373 result
= x_new_font (f
, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
));
9375 if (!STRINGP (result
))
9376 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
9379 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
9380 FRAME_FONTSET(f
) = fontset
;
9382 return build_string (fontsetname
);
9386 /***********************************************************************
9387 TODO: W32 Input Methods
9388 ***********************************************************************/
9389 /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.
9391 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
9392 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
9394 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
9395 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
9396 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
9401 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9402 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9405 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
9409 int flags
= f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
;
9413 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
9414 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
9415 But do this only if we will need the results. */
9416 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
9419 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
9420 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
,
9427 rt
.left
= rt
.right
= rt
.top
= rt
.bottom
= 0;
9430 AdjustWindowRect(&rt
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
9431 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
9434 pt
.x
+= (rt
.right
- rt
.left
);
9435 pt
.y
+= (rt
.bottom
- rt
.top
);
9438 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9439 position that fits on the screen. */
9440 if (flags
& XNegative
)
9441 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
9442 - 2 * f
->output_data
.w32
->border_width
- pt
.x
9444 + f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
);
9446 if (flags
& YNegative
)
9447 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
9448 - 2 * f
->output_data
.w32
->border_width
- pt
.y
9450 + f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
);
9451 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9452 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9453 so the flags should correspond. */
9454 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9457 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9458 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9459 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9460 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9461 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9464 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
9466 register int xoff
, yoff
;
9469 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
9471 if (change_gravity
> 0)
9473 f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
= yoff
;
9474 f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
= xoff
;
9475 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9477 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
9479 f
->output_data
.w32
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
9480 f
->output_data
.w32
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9482 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
9485 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
9487 modified_left
= f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
;
9488 modified_top
= f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
;
9490 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
9492 modified_left
, modified_top
,
9494 SWP_NOZORDER
| SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
9498 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
9499 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
9500 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
9501 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
9504 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
9509 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
9513 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
9514 f
->output_data
.w32
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
9515 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
9517 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.w32
->font
)));
9518 f
->output_data
.w32
->flags_areas_extra
9519 = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
9520 pixelwidth
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
9521 pixelheight
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
9523 f
->output_data
.w32
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9524 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
9529 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
9530 rect
.right
= pixelwidth
;
9531 rect
.bottom
= pixelheight
;
9533 AdjustWindowRect(&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
9534 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
9536 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
9539 rect
.right
- rect
.left
,
9540 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
9541 SWP_NOZORDER
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
9544 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
9545 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
9546 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
9547 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
9549 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
9550 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
9551 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
9552 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
9553 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
9555 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
9557 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
9558 PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
9559 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
9561 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
9562 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
9563 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
9564 we have to make sure to do it here. */
9565 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9567 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
9568 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
9570 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
9571 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
9572 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
9573 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
9574 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9579 /* Mouse warping. */
9581 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
);
9584 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
9590 pix_x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, x
) + FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.w32
->font
) / 2;
9591 pix_y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, y
) + f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
/ 2;
9593 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
9594 if (pix_x
> PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9596 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
9597 if (pix_y
> PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9599 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
);
9603 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
9612 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
9613 pt
.x
= rect
.left
+ pix_x
;
9614 pt
.y
= rect
.top
+ pix_y
;
9615 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &pt
);
9617 SetCursorPos (pt
.x
, pt
.y
);
9623 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
9626 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
9629 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
9631 /* Give input focus to frame. */
9634 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
9635 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, GetForegroundWindow ()))
9636 my_set_focus (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
9639 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
9649 /* Raise frame F. */
9656 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
9657 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
9658 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
9659 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
9662 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
9663 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
9664 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
9665 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
9666 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
9667 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
9668 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
9669 completely obscured) with input focus.
9671 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
9672 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
9673 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
9675 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
))
9677 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
9678 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
9679 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
9680 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
9681 more cumbersome method. */
9683 HDWP handle
= BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
9686 DeferWindowPos (handle
,
9687 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
9690 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
9692 DeferWindowPos (handle
,
9693 GetForegroundWindow (),
9694 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
9696 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
9698 EndDeferWindowPos (handle
);
9703 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
9709 /* Lower frame F. */
9715 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
9718 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
);
9723 w32_frame_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
9727 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
9736 /* Change of visibility. */
9738 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9739 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9740 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9741 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9742 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9743 finishes with it. */
9746 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
9753 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9755 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9757 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9759 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9760 call x_set_offset a second time
9761 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9762 before the window gets really visible. */
9763 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9764 && ! f
->output_data
.w32
->asked_for_visible
)
9765 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.w32
->top_pos
, 0);
9767 f
->output_data
.w32
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9769 // my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW);
9770 my_show_window (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), SW_SHOWNORMAL
);
9773 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9774 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9775 so that incoming events are handled. */
9780 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9783 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9785 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9786 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9787 MapNotify at all.. */
9788 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9789 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9791 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9792 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
9794 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
9795 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
9796 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
9797 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
9798 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
9799 if (input_polling_used ())
9801 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
9802 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
9803 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9804 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9805 poll_for_input_1 ();
9806 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9809 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9813 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9815 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9817 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
9820 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9821 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
== f
)
9822 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
9826 my_show_window (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), SW_HIDE
);
9828 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9829 just by the event that we get from the server.
9830 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9831 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9832 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9834 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9835 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9836 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9841 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9849 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9850 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
== f
)
9851 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
9853 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9858 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9860 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9862 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
9863 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_SYSCOMMAND
, SC_MINIMIZE
, 0);
9869 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9872 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9875 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9879 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
))
9880 my_destroy_window (f
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
9882 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9884 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9885 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9886 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
);
9887 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9888 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->border_pixel
);
9889 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
);
9890 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9891 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9892 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9893 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9895 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9896 free_frame_faces (f
);
9898 xfree (f
->output_data
.w32
);
9899 f
->output_data
.w32
= NULL
;
9901 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
9902 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
= 0;
9903 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
)
9904 dpyinfo
->w32_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9905 if (f
== dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
)
9906 dpyinfo
->w32_highlight_frame
= 0;
9908 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9910 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9911 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9912 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9913 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9914 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9915 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9916 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9923 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
9925 x_destroy_window (f
)
9928 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9930 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9932 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9936 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9938 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9939 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9940 that the window now has.
9941 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9942 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
9944 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9949 Window window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
9953 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.w32
->font
));
9954 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, f
->output_data
.w32
->line_height
);
9955 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, f
->output_data
.w32
->internal_border_width
);
9956 SetWindowLong (window
, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX
, f
->output_data
.w32
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
);
9961 /* Window manager things */
9962 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9967 Window window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
9969 f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9970 f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9971 f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9973 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->display
.x
->wm_hints
);
9978 /***********************************************************************
9980 ***********************************************************************/
9982 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
9983 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
9985 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
9986 x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
9992 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9996 x_check_font (f
, font
)
10001 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10003 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
10005 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10006 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10007 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
10010 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
10013 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10015 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10016 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10017 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10018 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10019 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10022 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
10027 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
10028 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
10030 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
10031 *w
= FONT_WIDTH (font
);
10035 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10036 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10037 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10038 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10039 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10042 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
10046 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10048 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
10049 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
10051 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
10052 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
10054 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
10055 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10057 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
10060 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
10061 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
10062 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
10064 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
10065 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
10068 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
10069 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
10071 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
10072 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
10073 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
10076 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10077 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10079 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
10080 x_query_font (f, fontname)
10081 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
10085 /***********************************************************************
10087 ***********************************************************************/
10089 static int w32_initialized
= 0;
10092 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name
)
10093 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10095 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
10097 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof (*dpyinfo
));
10099 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
10100 w32_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10101 w32_display_name_list
);
10102 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (w32_display_name_list
);
10104 dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
10105 = (char *) xmalloc (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
)->size
10106 + XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->size
10108 sprintf (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10109 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
)->data
, XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
);
10111 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
10112 with values obtained from system metrics. */
10115 dpyinfo
->height_in
= 1;
10116 dpyinfo
->width_in
= 1;
10117 dpyinfo
->n_planes
= 1;
10118 dpyinfo
->n_cbits
= 4;
10119 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10120 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 1;
10121 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 1;
10123 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10124 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10125 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10126 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10128 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
10132 struct w32_display_info
*
10133 w32_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10134 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10136 char *resource_name
;
10138 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10143 if (!w32_initialized
)
10146 w32_initialized
= 1;
10157 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10158 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10162 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name
);
10164 dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
10166 hdc
= GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
10168 dpyinfo
->height
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
);
10169 dpyinfo
->width
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
);
10170 dpyinfo
->root_window
= GetDesktopWindow ();
10171 dpyinfo
->n_planes
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, PLANES
);
10172 dpyinfo
->n_cbits
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, BITSPIXEL
);
10173 dpyinfo
->resx
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, LOGPIXELSX
);
10174 dpyinfo
->resy
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, LOGPIXELSY
);
10175 dpyinfo
->has_palette
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, RASTERCAPS
) & RC_PALETTE
;
10176 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10177 dpyinfo
->height_in
= dpyinfo
->height
/ dpyinfo
->resx
;
10178 dpyinfo
->width_in
= dpyinfo
->width
/ dpyinfo
->resy
;
10179 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc
);
10181 /* initialise palette with white and black */
10184 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color
, 1);
10185 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color
, 1);
10188 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
10189 left_bmp
= CreateBitmap (left_width
, left_height
, 1, 1, left_bits
);
10190 ov_bmp
= CreateBitmap (ov_width
, ov_height
, 1, 1, ov_bits
);
10191 right_bmp
= CreateBitmap (right_width
, right_height
, 1, 1, right_bits
);
10192 continued_bmp
= CreateBitmap (continued_width
, continued_height
, 1,
10193 1, continued_bits
);
10194 continuation_bmp
= CreateBitmap (continuation_width
, continuation_height
,
10195 1, 1, continuation_bits
);
10196 zv_bmp
= CreateBitmap (zv_width
, zv_height
, 1, 1, zv_bits
);
10198 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10200 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10201 /* stdin is a socket here */
10202 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10203 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10204 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10205 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10206 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10207 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10210 if (interrupt_input
)
10211 init_sigio (connection
);
10212 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10219 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
10222 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10223 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10225 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
10226 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10227 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list
)
10228 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10229 w32_display_name_list
= XCDR (w32_display_name_list
);
10234 tail
= w32_display_name_list
;
10235 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10237 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10239 XCDR (tail
) = XCDR (XCDR (tail
));
10242 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10246 /* free palette table */
10248 struct w32_palette_entry
* plist
;
10250 plist
= dpyinfo
->color_list
;
10253 struct w32_palette_entry
* pentry
= plist
;
10254 plist
= plist
->next
;
10257 dpyinfo
->color_list
= NULL
;
10258 if (dpyinfo
->palette
)
10259 DeleteObject(dpyinfo
->palette
);
10261 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10262 xfree (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
);
10264 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
10265 DeleteObject (left_bmp
);
10266 DeleteObject (ov_bmp
);
10267 DeleteObject (right_bmp
);
10268 DeleteObject (continued_bmp
);
10269 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp
);
10270 DeleteObject (zv_bmp
);
10273 /* Set up use of W32. */
10275 DWORD
w32_msg_worker ();
10278 x_flush (struct frame
* f
)
10279 { /* Nothing to do */ }
10281 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface
=
10286 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10288 x_after_update_window_line
,
10289 x_update_window_begin
,
10290 x_update_window_end
,
10293 x_clear_mouse_face
,
10294 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10295 x_fix_overlapping_area
10301 rif
= &w32_redisplay_interface
;
10303 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
10304 so we must explicitly cast them. */
10305 clear_frame_hook
= (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame
;
10306 ring_bell_hook
= (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell
;
10307 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10308 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10310 read_socket_hook
= w32_read_socket
;
10312 frame_up_to_date_hook
= w32_frame_up_to_date
;
10314 mouse_position_hook
= w32_mouse_position
;
10315 frame_rehighlight_hook
= w32_frame_rehighlight
;
10316 frame_raise_lower_hook
= w32_frame_raise_lower
;
10317 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10318 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= w32_condemn_scroll_bars
;
10319 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= w32_redeem_scroll_bar
;
10320 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= w32_judge_scroll_bars
;
10321 estimate_mode_line_height_hook
= x_estimate_mode_line_height
;
10323 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10324 char_ins_del_ok
= 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
10325 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10326 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10327 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10331 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10332 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10334 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
10335 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
10336 Fset_input_mode (Qnil
, Qnil
, make_number (2), Qnil
);
10338 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
10342 dwMainThreadId
= GetCurrentThreadId ();
10343 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
10344 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread
, 0, TRUE
, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS
);
10346 /* Wait for thread to start */
10351 PeekMessage (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE
);
10353 hWindowsThread
= CreateThread (NULL
, 0,
10354 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE
) w32_msg_worker
,
10355 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId
);
10357 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
10360 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
10361 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
10362 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
10363 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
10364 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
10365 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
10366 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
10368 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
10369 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId
, dwWindowsThreadId
, TRUE
);
10372 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
10374 HANDLE user_lib
= LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
10376 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
10378 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
10379 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo
);
10380 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo
);
10384 FreeLibrary (user_lib
);
10386 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
10387 otherwise use the fixed height. */
10388 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle
= (pfnSetScrollInfo
!= NULL
) ? 5 :
10389 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB
);
10391 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
10392 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
10393 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border
= vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
10394 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL
);
10401 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list
);
10402 w32_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10404 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10405 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10407 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10408 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10410 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
10411 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons
,
10412 "Number of physical mouse buttons.");
10413 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons
= Qnil
;
10415 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
10416 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
,
10417 "Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.\n\
10418 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3.");
10419 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons
= Qnil
;
10421 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
10422 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
,
10423 "Raised frame grabs input focus.\n\
10424 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well\n\
10425 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be\n\
10426 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy.");
10427 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise
= Qt
;
10429 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
10430 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
,
10431 "Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.\n\
10432 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys.");
10433 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
= Qnil
;
10435 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
10436 &Vw32_recognize_altgr
,
10437 "Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.\n\
10438 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is\n\
10439 interpreted normally.");
10440 Vw32_recognize_altgr
= Qt
;
10442 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
10443 &w32_enable_unicode_output
,
10444 "Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.\n\
10445 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying\n\
10446 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.\n\
10447 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no\n\
10448 affect on NT machines.");
10449 w32_enable_unicode_output
= 1;
10452 staticpro (&help_echo
);
10453 help_echo_object
= Qnil
;
10454 staticpro (&help_echo_object
);
10455 help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
10456 staticpro (&help_echo_window
);
10457 previous_help_echo
= Qnil
;
10458 staticpro (&previous_help_echo
);
10459 help_echo_pos
= -1;
10461 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
10462 "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\
10463 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\
10464 wide as that tab on the display.");
10465 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
10467 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10468 "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.");
10469 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qt
;
10471 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10472 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;